Compare commits
45 Commits
0.6.3-beta
...
0.7-beta
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
|
6e4f1df285 | ||
|
|
69eb891e7f | ||
|
|
21a9972ecb | ||
|
|
f893ad5e1b | ||
|
|
203e44ee87 | ||
|
|
d5d173bb84 | ||
|
|
cdfcdd8754 | ||
|
|
e2f794c658 | ||
|
|
568469d41e | ||
|
|
dfbfd47191 | ||
|
|
900c2a79b2 | ||
|
|
cf4f85cc51 | ||
|
|
f96b973ff3 | ||
|
|
1d889ab724 | ||
|
|
48a2b48964 | ||
|
|
26b5974421 | ||
|
|
4743b26400 | ||
|
|
40fc1e38d8 | ||
|
|
cf6c4855ce | ||
|
|
343fd2cf26 | ||
|
|
d184c50246 | ||
|
|
9045160d3a | ||
|
|
98071d823c | ||
|
|
eb0dd7266b | ||
|
|
c32876600b | ||
|
|
fbdde54fe4 | ||
|
|
54bdf1783a | ||
|
|
23a0d3c47e | ||
|
|
9b4ee66e1c | ||
|
|
7cd632b4e2 | ||
|
|
a0dd98144a | ||
|
|
80a450e0de | ||
|
|
f90ea6ca9c | ||
|
|
dfff4c5e17 | ||
|
|
e9855ceba3 | ||
|
|
238515006d | ||
|
|
771bc66b89 | ||
|
|
5b688d47ea | ||
|
|
05cf313b63 | ||
|
|
12649e3adf | ||
|
|
539c6c9b32 | ||
|
|
5d0241ad43 | ||
|
|
9e64033d7c | ||
|
|
ecefa03559 | ||
|
|
3db1815772 |
8
.gitignore
vendored
@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
|
||||
.qmake.stash
|
||||
moc_*
|
||||
qrc_*
|
||||
*.o
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
qteletextmaker
|
||||
build*/
|
||||
cmake-build-*/
|
||||
.idea
|
||||
|
||||
45
3rdparty/QtGifImage/.gitignore
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
syntax: glob
|
||||
*.pro.user*
|
||||
*.autosave
|
||||
*.app
|
||||
*.moc
|
||||
*.prl
|
||||
Makefile*
|
||||
doc/html/
|
||||
*.framework/
|
||||
*.xcodeproj/
|
||||
debug/
|
||||
release/
|
||||
qtc-gdbmacros/
|
||||
*.rej
|
||||
*.orig
|
||||
*.obj
|
||||
*.swp
|
||||
*.dll
|
||||
*.exp
|
||||
*.ilk
|
||||
*.pdb
|
||||
*.lib
|
||||
Thumbs.db
|
||||
moc_*.cpp
|
||||
qrc_*.cpp
|
||||
*.o
|
||||
*.so.*
|
||||
*.so
|
||||
*.pdb
|
||||
ui_*.h
|
||||
*~
|
||||
.qmake.cache
|
||||
lib/*
|
||||
*.orig
|
||||
*.exe
|
||||
*.vcproj
|
||||
*.vcproj.*.user
|
||||
*_resource.rc
|
||||
*.sln
|
||||
*.idb
|
||||
*.ncb
|
||||
*.suo
|
||||
|
||||
*.zip
|
||||
*.xlsx
|
||||
32
3rdparty/QtGifImage/CMakeLists.txt
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
||||
cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.5...3.16)
|
||||
project(QtGifImage)
|
||||
|
||||
set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 17)
|
||||
|
||||
find_package(QT NAMES Qt6 REQUIRED COMPONENTS Core Gui)
|
||||
find_package(Qt${QT_VERSION_MAJOR} REQUIRED COMPONENTS Core Gui)
|
||||
|
||||
set(LIB_LIBRARIES Qt${QT_VERSION_MAJOR}::Core Qt${QT_VERSION_MAJOR}::Gui)
|
||||
|
||||
set(GIF_IMAGE_DIR ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/gifimage)
|
||||
set(GIF_LIB_DIR ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/3rdparty/giflib)
|
||||
|
||||
# Next line was "add_library(${PROJECT_NAME} SHARED"
|
||||
# but it breaks MXE static compilation
|
||||
add_library(${PROJECT_NAME}
|
||||
${GIF_IMAGE_DIR}/qgifglobal.h ${GIF_IMAGE_DIR}/qgifimage.cpp
|
||||
${GIF_IMAGE_DIR}/qgifimage.h ${GIF_IMAGE_DIR}/qgifimage_p.h
|
||||
|
||||
${GIF_LIB_DIR}/dgif_lib.c ${GIF_LIB_DIR}/egif_lib.c
|
||||
${GIF_LIB_DIR}/gif_err.c ${GIF_LIB_DIR}/gif_font.c
|
||||
${GIF_LIB_DIR}/gif_hash.c ${GIF_LIB_DIR}/gif_hash.h
|
||||
${GIF_LIB_DIR}/gif_lib.h ${GIF_LIB_DIR}/gif_lib_private.h
|
||||
${GIF_LIB_DIR}/gifalloc.c ${GIF_LIB_DIR}/quantize.c
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(${PROJECT_NAME}::${PROJECT_NAME} ALIAS ${PROJECT_NAME})
|
||||
|
||||
target_include_directories(${PROJECT_NAME} PUBLIC ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include)
|
||||
target_include_directories(${PROJECT_NAME} PUBLIC ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/3rdparty)
|
||||
|
||||
target_link_libraries(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${LIB_LIBRARIES})
|
||||
36
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/AUTHORS
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
Michael Brown <michael_brown_uk[AT]hotmail.com>
|
||||
callbacks to write data via user defined function
|
||||
|
||||
Daniel Eisenbud <eisenbud[AT]google.com>
|
||||
Fixes for crashes with invalid gif files and double freeing of
|
||||
colormaps
|
||||
|
||||
Gershon Elber <gershon[AT]cs.technion.sc.il>
|
||||
original giflib code
|
||||
|
||||
Marc Ewing <marc[AT]redhat.com>
|
||||
spec file (for rpms) updates
|
||||
|
||||
Toshio Kuratomi <toshio[AT]tiki-lounge.com>
|
||||
uncompressed gif writing code
|
||||
autoconf/automake process
|
||||
former maintainer
|
||||
|
||||
marek <marwaw[AT]users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Gif initialization fix
|
||||
windows build code
|
||||
|
||||
Peter Mehlitz <peter[AT]transvirtual.com>
|
||||
callbacks to read data from arbitrary sources (like libjpeg/libpng)
|
||||
|
||||
Dick Porter <dick[AT]cymru.net>
|
||||
int/pointer fixes for Alpha
|
||||
|
||||
Eric Raymond <esr[AT]snark.thyrsus.com>
|
||||
current as well as long time former maintainer of giflib code
|
||||
|
||||
Petter Reinholdtsen <pere[AT]hungry.com>
|
||||
Tru64 build fixs
|
||||
|
||||
Georg Schwarz <geos[AT]epost.de>
|
||||
IRIX fixes
|
||||
19
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/COPYING
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
The GIFLIB distribution is Copyright (c) 1997 Eric S. Raymond
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||||
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||||
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||||
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||||
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||||
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||||
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||||
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||||
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||||
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||||
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
|
||||
THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
27
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/README
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
= GIFLIB =
|
||||
|
||||
This is the README file of GIFLIB, a library for manipulating GIF files.
|
||||
|
||||
Latest versions of GIFLIB are currently hosted at:
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/projects/giflib
|
||||
|
||||
== Overview ==
|
||||
|
||||
GIF is a legacy format; we recommend against generating new images in
|
||||
it. For a cleaner, more extensible design with better color support
|
||||
and compression, look up PNG.
|
||||
|
||||
giflib provides code for reading GIF files and transforming them into
|
||||
RGB bitmaps, and for writing RGB bitmaps as GIF files.
|
||||
|
||||
The (permissive) open-source license is in the file COPYING.
|
||||
|
||||
You will find build instructions in build.asc
|
||||
|
||||
You will find full documentation of the API in doc/ and on the
|
||||
project website.
|
||||
|
||||
The project has a long and confusing history, described in history.asc
|
||||
|
||||
The project to-do list is in TODO.
|
||||
|
||||
1135
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/dgif_lib.c
vendored
Normal file
1175
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/egif_lib.c
vendored
Normal file
67
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/gif_err.c
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
gif_err.c - handle error reporting for the GIF library.
|
||||
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <giflib/gif_lib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
Return a string description of the last GIF error
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
char *
|
||||
GifErrorString(int ErrorCode) {
|
||||
char *Err;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (ErrorCode) {
|
||||
case E_GIF_ERR_OPEN_FAILED: Err = "Failed to open given file";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case E_GIF_ERR_WRITE_FAILED: Err = "Failed to write to given file";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case E_GIF_ERR_HAS_SCRN_DSCR: Err = "Screen descriptor has already been set";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case E_GIF_ERR_HAS_IMAG_DSCR: Err = "Image descriptor is still active";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case E_GIF_ERR_NO_COLOR_MAP: Err = "Neither global nor local color map";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case E_GIF_ERR_DATA_TOO_BIG: Err = "Number of pixels bigger than width * height";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case E_GIF_ERR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEM: Err = "Failed to allocate required memory";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case E_GIF_ERR_DISK_IS_FULL: Err = "Write failed (disk full?)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case E_GIF_ERR_CLOSE_FAILED: Err = "Failed to close given file";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case E_GIF_ERR_NOT_WRITEABLE: Err = "Given file was not opened for write";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_OPEN_FAILED: Err = "Failed to open given file";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_READ_FAILED: Err = "Failed to read from given file";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_NOT_GIF_FILE: Err = "Data is not in GIF format";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_NO_SCRN_DSCR: Err = "No screen descriptor detected";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_NO_IMAG_DSCR: Err = "No Image Descriptor detected";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_NO_COLOR_MAP: Err = "Neither global nor local color map";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_WRONG_RECORD: Err = "Wrong record type detected";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_DATA_TOO_BIG: Err = "Number of pixels bigger than width * height";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEM: Err = "Failed to allocate required memory";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_CLOSE_FAILED: Err = "Failed to close given file";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_NOT_READABLE: Err = "Given file was not opened for read";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_IMAGE_DEFECT: Err = "Image is defective, decoding aborted";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case D_GIF_ERR_EOF_TOO_SOON: Err = "Image EOF detected before image complete";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default: Err = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return Err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
246
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/gif_font.c
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
gif_font.c - utility font handling and simple drawing for the GIF library
|
||||
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <giflib/gif_lib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
Ascii 8 by 8 regular font - only first 128 characters are supported.
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Each array entry holds the bits for 8 horizontal scan lines, topmost
|
||||
* first. The most significant bit of each constant is the leftmost bit of
|
||||
* the scan line.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*@+charint@*/
|
||||
const unsigned char GifAsciiTable8x8[][GIF_FONT_WIDTH] = {
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* Ascii 0 */
|
||||
{0x3c, 0x42, 0xa5, 0x81, 0xbd, 0x42, 0x3c, 0x00}, /* Ascii 1 */
|
||||
{0x3c, 0x7e, 0xdb, 0xff, 0xc3, 0x7e, 0x3c, 0x00}, /* Ascii 2 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0xee, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0x7c, 0x38, 0x10, 0x00}, /* Ascii 3 */
|
||||
{0x10, 0x38, 0x7c, 0xfe, 0x7c, 0x38, 0x10, 0x00}, /* Ascii 4 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x3c, 0x18, 0xff, 0xff, 0x08, 0x18, 0x00}, /* Ascii 5 */
|
||||
{0x10, 0x38, 0x7c, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0x10, 0x38, 0x00}, /* Ascii 6 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3c, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* Ascii 7 */
|
||||
{0xff, 0xff, 0xe7, 0xc3, 0xe7, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff}, /* Ascii 8 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x3c, 0x42, 0x81, 0x81, 0x42, 0x3c, 0x00}, /* Ascii 9 */
|
||||
{0xff, 0xc3, 0xbd, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0xbd, 0xc3, 0xff}, /* Ascii 10 */
|
||||
{0x1f, 0x07, 0x0d, 0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* Ascii 11 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x7e, 0xc3, 0xc3, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x7e, 0x18}, /* Ascii 12 */
|
||||
{0x04, 0x06, 0x07, 0x04, 0x04, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0x00}, /* Ascii 13 */
|
||||
{0x0c, 0x0a, 0x0d, 0x0b, 0xf9, 0xf9, 0x1f, 0x1f}, /* Ascii 14 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x92, 0x7c, 0x44, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x92, 0x00}, /* Ascii 15 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x78, 0x7e, 0x78, 0x60, 0x00}, /* Ascii 16 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x1e, 0x7e, 0x1e, 0x06, 0x00}, /* Ascii 17 */
|
||||
{0x18, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7e, 0x18}, /* Ascii 18 */
|
||||
{0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x66, 0x00}, /* Ascii 19 */
|
||||
{0xff, 0xb6, 0x76, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x00}, /* Ascii 20 */
|
||||
{0x7e, 0xc1, 0xdc, 0x22, 0x22, 0x1f, 0x83, 0x7e}, /* Ascii 21 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* Ascii 22 */
|
||||
{0x18, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x00, 0xff}, /* Ascii 23 */
|
||||
{0x18, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00}, /* Ascii 24 */
|
||||
{0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x00}, /* Ascii 25 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x04, 0x06, 0xff, 0x06, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00}, /* Ascii 26 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x20, 0x60, 0xff, 0x60, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00}, /* Ascii 27 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x00}, /* Ascii 28 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x24, 0x66, 0xff, 0x66, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00}, /* Ascii 29 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x38, 0x7c, 0xfe, 0x00, 0x00}, /* Ascii 30 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7c, 0x38, 0x10, 0x00}, /* Ascii 31 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* */
|
||||
{0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00}, /* ! */
|
||||
{0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* " */
|
||||
{0x6c, 0x6c, 0xfe, 0x6c, 0xfe, 0x6c, 0x6c, 0x00}, /* # */
|
||||
{0x10, 0x7c, 0xd2, 0x7c, 0x86, 0x7c, 0x10, 0x00}, /* $ */
|
||||
{0xf0, 0x96, 0xfc, 0x18, 0x3e, 0x72, 0xde, 0x00}, /* % */
|
||||
{0x30, 0x48, 0x30, 0x78, 0xce, 0xcc, 0x78, 0x00}, /* & */
|
||||
{0x0c, 0x0c, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* ' */
|
||||
{0x10, 0x60, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0x60, 0x10, 0x00}, /* ( */
|
||||
{0x10, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x10, 0x00}, /* ) */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x54, 0x38, 0xfe, 0x38, 0x54, 0x00, 0x00}, /* * */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7e, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00}, /* + */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x70}, /* , */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* - */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00}, /* . */
|
||||
{0x02, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xc0, 0x00}, /* / */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* 0 */
|
||||
{0x18, 0x38, 0x78, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3c, 0x00}, /* 1 */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfe, 0x00}, /* 2 */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0x06, 0x3c, 0x06, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* 3 */
|
||||
{0x0e, 0x1e, 0x36, 0x66, 0xfe, 0x06, 0x06, 0x00}, /* 4 */
|
||||
{0xfe, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xfc, 0x06, 0x06, 0xfc, 0x00}, /* 5 */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* 6 */
|
||||
{0xfe, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00}, /* 7 */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* 8 */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7e, 0x06, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* 9 */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00}, /* : */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x20, 0x00}, /* }, */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x1c, 0x30, 0x60, 0x30, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x00}, /* < */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* = */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x70, 0x18, 0x0c, 0x18, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00}, /* > */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0x0c, 0x18, 0x30, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00}, /* ? */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0x82, 0x9a, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x9e, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* @ */
|
||||
{0x38, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xfe, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* A */
|
||||
{0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xfc, 0x00}, /* B */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* C */
|
||||
{0xf8, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xcc, 0xf8, 0x00}, /* D */
|
||||
{0xfe, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xfc, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xfe, 0x00}, /* E */
|
||||
{0xfe, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xfc, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0x00}, /* F */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xce, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7e, 0x00}, /* G */
|
||||
{0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xfe, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* H */
|
||||
{0x78, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x78, 0x00}, /* I */
|
||||
{0x1e, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* J */
|
||||
{0xc6, 0xcc, 0xd8, 0xf0, 0xd8, 0xcc, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* K */
|
||||
{0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xfe, 0x00}, /* L */
|
||||
{0xc6, 0xee, 0xfe, 0xd6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* M */
|
||||
{0xc6, 0xe6, 0xf6, 0xde, 0xce, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* N */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* O */
|
||||
{0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xfc, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0x00}, /* P */
|
||||
{0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x06}, /* Q */
|
||||
{0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* R */
|
||||
{0x78, 0xcc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0xcc, 0x78, 0x00}, /* S */
|
||||
{0xfc, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x00}, /* T */
|
||||
{0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* U */
|
||||
{0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0x38, 0x00}, /* V */
|
||||
{0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xd6, 0xfe, 0xee, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* W */
|
||||
{0xc6, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0x38, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* X */
|
||||
{0xc3, 0xc3, 0x66, 0x3c, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00}, /* Y */
|
||||
{0xfe, 0x0c, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xc0, 0xfe, 0x00}, /* Z */
|
||||
{0x3c, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x3c, 0x00}, /* [ */
|
||||
{0xc0, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x03, 0x00}, /* \ */
|
||||
{0x3c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x3c, 0x00}, /* ] */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x38, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* ^ */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff}, /* _ */
|
||||
{0x30, 0x30, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* ` */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x06, 0x7e, 0xc6, 0x7e, 0x00}, /* a */
|
||||
{0xc0, 0xc0, 0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xe6, 0xdc, 0x00}, /* b */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0x7e, 0x00}, /* c */
|
||||
{0x06, 0x06, 0x7e, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xce, 0x76, 0x00}, /* d */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xc6, 0xfe, 0xc0, 0x7e, 0x00}, /* e */
|
||||
{0x1e, 0x30, 0x7c, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x00}, /* f */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0xc6, 0xce, 0x76, 0x06, 0x7c}, /* g */
|
||||
{0xc0, 0xc0, 0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* */
|
||||
{0x18, 0x00, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3c, 0x00}, /* i */
|
||||
{0x18, 0x00, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xf0}, /* j */
|
||||
{0xc0, 0xc0, 0xcc, 0xd8, 0xf0, 0xd8, 0xcc, 0x00}, /* k */
|
||||
{0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3c, 0x00}, /* l */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0xfe, 0xd6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* m */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* n */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7c, 0x00}, /* o */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xe6, 0xdc, 0xc0}, /* p */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xce, 0x76, 0x06}, /* q */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x6e, 0x70, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00}, /* r */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0x7c, 0x06, 0xfc, 0x00}, /* s */
|
||||
{0x30, 0x30, 0x7c, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x1c, 0x00}, /* t */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x7e, 0x00}, /* u */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0x38, 0x00}, /* v */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xd6, 0xfe, 0x6c, 0x00}, /* w */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0xc6, 0x6c, 0x38, 0x6c, 0xc6, 0x00}, /* x */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xce, 0x76, 0x06, 0x7c}, /* y */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0x00}, /* z */
|
||||
{0x0e, 0x18, 0x18, 0x70, 0x18, 0x18, 0x0e, 0x00}, /* { */
|
||||
{0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00}, /* | */
|
||||
{0xe0, 0x30, 0x30, 0x1c, 0x30, 0x30, 0xe0, 0x00}, /* } */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0x9a, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, /* ~ */
|
||||
{0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3c, 0x66, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00} /* Ascii 127 */
|
||||
};
|
||||
/*@=charint@*/
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
GifDrawText8x8(SavedImage *Image,
|
||||
const int x, const int y,
|
||||
const char *legend,
|
||||
const int color) {
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
int base;
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < GIF_FONT_HEIGHT; i++) {
|
||||
base = Image->ImageDesc.Width * (y + i) + x;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cp = legend; *cp; cp++)
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < GIF_FONT_WIDTH; j++) {
|
||||
if (GifAsciiTable8x8[(short)(*cp)][i] & (1 << (GIF_FONT_WIDTH - j)))
|
||||
Image->RasterBits[base] = color;
|
||||
base++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
GifDrawBox(SavedImage *Image,
|
||||
const int x, const int y,
|
||||
const int w, const int d,
|
||||
const int color) {
|
||||
int j, base = Image->ImageDesc.Width * y + x;
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < w; j++)
|
||||
Image->RasterBits[base + j] =
|
||||
Image->RasterBits[base + (d * Image->ImageDesc.Width) + j] = color;
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < d; j++)
|
||||
Image->RasterBits[base + j * Image->ImageDesc.Width] =
|
||||
Image->RasterBits[base + j * Image->ImageDesc.Width + w] = color;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
GifDrawRectangle(SavedImage *Image,
|
||||
const int x, const int y,
|
||||
const int w, const int d,
|
||||
const int color) {
|
||||
unsigned char *bp = Image->RasterBits + Image->ImageDesc.Width * y + x;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < d; i++)
|
||||
memset(bp + (i * Image->ImageDesc.Width), color, (size_t)w);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
GifDrawBoxedText8x8(SavedImage *Image,
|
||||
const int x, const int y,
|
||||
const char *legend,
|
||||
const int border,
|
||||
const int bg, const int fg) {
|
||||
int i, j = 0, LineCount = 0, TextWidth = 0;
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* compute size of text to box */
|
||||
for (cp = legend; *cp; cp++)
|
||||
if (*cp == '\r') {
|
||||
if (j > TextWidth)
|
||||
TextWidth = j;
|
||||
j = 0;
|
||||
LineCount++;
|
||||
} else if (*cp != '\t')
|
||||
++j;
|
||||
LineCount++; /* count last line */
|
||||
if (j > TextWidth) /* last line might be longer than any previous */
|
||||
TextWidth = j;
|
||||
|
||||
/* fill the box */
|
||||
GifDrawRectangle(Image, x + 1, y + 1,
|
||||
border + TextWidth * GIF_FONT_WIDTH + border - 1,
|
||||
border + LineCount * GIF_FONT_HEIGHT + border - 1, bg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* draw the text */
|
||||
i = 0;
|
||||
cp = strtok((char *)legend, "\r\n");
|
||||
do {
|
||||
int leadspace = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '\t')
|
||||
leadspace = (int)(TextWidth - strlen(++cp)) / 2;
|
||||
|
||||
GifDrawText8x8(Image, x + border + (leadspace * GIF_FONT_WIDTH),
|
||||
y + border + (GIF_FONT_HEIGHT * i++), cp, fg);
|
||||
cp = strtok((char *)NULL, "\r\n");
|
||||
} while (cp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* outline the box */
|
||||
GifDrawBox(Image, x, y, border + TextWidth * GIF_FONT_WIDTH + border,
|
||||
border + LineCount * GIF_FONT_HEIGHT + border, fg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
121
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/gif_hash.c
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
gif_hash.c -- module to support the following operations:
|
||||
|
||||
1. InitHashTable - initialize hash table.
|
||||
2. ClearHashTable - clear the hash table to an empty state.
|
||||
2. InsertHashTable - insert one item into data structure.
|
||||
3. ExistsHashTable - test if item exists in data structure.
|
||||
|
||||
This module is used to hash the GIF codes during encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <giflib/gif_hash.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* #define DEBUG_HIT_RATE Debug number of misses per hash Insert/Exists. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_HIT_RATE
|
||||
static long NumberOfTests = 0,
|
||||
NumberOfMisses = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* DEBUG_HIT_RATE */
|
||||
|
||||
static int KeyItem(uint32_t Item);
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Initialize HashTable - allocate the memory needed and clear it. *
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
GifHashTableType *_InitHashTable(void) {
|
||||
GifHashTableType *HashTable;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((HashTable = (GifHashTableType *)malloc(sizeof(GifHashTableType)))
|
||||
== NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
_ClearHashTable(HashTable);
|
||||
|
||||
return HashTable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Routine to clear the HashTable to an empty state. *
|
||||
This part is a little machine depended. Use the commented part otherwise. *
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void _ClearHashTable(GifHashTableType *HashTable) {
|
||||
memset(HashTable->HTable, 0xFF, HT_SIZE * sizeof(uint32_t));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Routine to insert a new Item into the HashTable. The data is assumed to be *
|
||||
new one. *
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void _InsertHashTable(GifHashTableType *HashTable, uint32_t Key, int Code) {
|
||||
int HKey = KeyItem(Key);
|
||||
uint32_t *HTable = HashTable->HTable;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_HIT_RATE
|
||||
NumberOfTests++;
|
||||
NumberOfMisses++;
|
||||
#endif /* DEBUG_HIT_RATE */
|
||||
|
||||
while (HT_GET_KEY(HTable[HKey]) != 0xFFFFFL) {
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_HIT_RATE
|
||||
NumberOfMisses++;
|
||||
#endif /* DEBUG_HIT_RATE */
|
||||
HKey = (HKey + 1) & HT_KEY_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
HTable[HKey] = HT_PUT_KEY(Key) | HT_PUT_CODE(Code);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Routine to test if given Key exists in HashTable and if so returns its code *
|
||||
Returns the Code if key was found, -1 if not. *
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
int _ExistsHashTable(GifHashTableType *HashTable, uint32_t Key) {
|
||||
int HKey = KeyItem(Key);
|
||||
uint32_t *HTable = HashTable->HTable, HTKey;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_HIT_RATE
|
||||
NumberOfTests++;
|
||||
NumberOfMisses++;
|
||||
#endif /* DEBUG_HIT_RATE */
|
||||
|
||||
while ((HTKey = HT_GET_KEY(HTable[HKey])) != 0xFFFFFL) {
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_HIT_RATE
|
||||
NumberOfMisses++;
|
||||
#endif /* DEBUG_HIT_RATE */
|
||||
if (Key == HTKey)
|
||||
return HT_GET_CODE(HTable[HKey]);
|
||||
HKey = (HKey + 1) & HT_KEY_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Routine to generate an HKey for the hashtable out of the given unique key. *
|
||||
The given Key is assumed to be 20 bits as follows: lower 8 bits are the *
|
||||
new postfix character, while the upper 12 bits are the prefix code. *
|
||||
Because the average hit ratio is only 2 (2 hash references per entry), *
|
||||
evaluating more complex keys (such as twin prime keys) does not worth it! *
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
static int KeyItem(uint32_t Item) {
|
||||
return (int)(((Item >> 12) ^ Item) & HT_KEY_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_HIT_RATE
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Debugging routine to print the hit ratio - number of times the hash table *
|
||||
was tested per operation. This routine was used to test the KeyItem routine *
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void HashTablePrintHitRatio(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("Hash Table Hit Ratio is %ld/%ld = %ld%%.\n",
|
||||
NumberOfMisses, NumberOfTests,
|
||||
NumberOfMisses * 100 / NumberOfTests);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DEBUG_HIT_RATE */
|
||||
39
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/gif_hash.h
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
gif_hash.h - magfic constants and declarations for GIF LZW
|
||||
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GIF_LIB_GIF_HASH_H_
|
||||
#define GIF_LIB_GIF_HASH_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WIN32
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define HT_SIZE 8192 /* 12bits = 4096 or twice as big! */
|
||||
#define HT_KEY_MASK 0x1FFF /* 13bits keys */
|
||||
#define HT_KEY_NUM_BITS 13 /* 13bits keys */
|
||||
#define HT_MAX_KEY 8191 /* 13bits - 1, maximal code possible */
|
||||
#define HT_MAX_CODE 4095 /* Biggest code possible in 12 bits. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The 32 bits of the long are divided into two parts for the key & code: */
|
||||
/* 1. The code is 12 bits as our compression algorithm is limited to 12bits */
|
||||
/* 2. The key is 12 bits Prefix code + 8 bit new char or 20 bits. */
|
||||
/* The key is the upper 20 bits. The code is the lower 12. */
|
||||
#define HT_GET_KEY(l) (l >> 12)
|
||||
#define HT_GET_CODE(l) (l & 0x0FFF)
|
||||
#define HT_PUT_KEY(l) (l << 12)
|
||||
#define HT_PUT_CODE(l) (l & 0x0FFF)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct GifHashTableType {
|
||||
uint32_t HTable[HT_SIZE];
|
||||
} GifHashTableType;
|
||||
|
||||
GifHashTableType *_InitHashTable(void);
|
||||
void _ClearHashTable(GifHashTableType *HashTable);
|
||||
void _InsertHashTable(GifHashTableType *HashTable, uint32_t Key, int Code);
|
||||
int _ExistsHashTable(GifHashTableType *HashTable, uint32_t Key);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GIF_LIB_GIF_HASH_H_
|
||||
319
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/gif_lib.h
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
gif_lib.h - service library for decoding and encoding GIF images
|
||||
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GIF_LIB_GIF_LIB_H_
|
||||
#define GIF_LIB_GIF_LIB_H_ 1
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
#define GIFLIB_MAJOR 5
|
||||
#define GIFLIB_MINOR 0
|
||||
#define GIFLIB_RELEASE 5
|
||||
|
||||
#define GIF_ERROR 0
|
||||
#define GIF_OK 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define BOOL int
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
|
||||
//#ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
//#define BOOL int
|
||||
//#define TRUE 1
|
||||
//#define FALSE 0
|
||||
//#else
|
||||
//#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
//#define BOOL int
|
||||
//#define TRUE 1
|
||||
//#define FALSE 0
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define GIF_STAMP "GIFVER" /* First chars in file - GIF stamp. */
|
||||
#define GIF_STAMP_LEN sizeof(GIF_STAMP) - 1
|
||||
#define GIF_VERSION_POS 3 /* Version first character in stamp. */
|
||||
#define GIF87_STAMP "GIF87a" /* First chars in file - GIF stamp. */
|
||||
#define GIF89_STAMP "GIF89a" /* First chars in file - GIF stamp. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef unsigned char GifPixelType;
|
||||
typedef unsigned char *GifRowType;
|
||||
typedef unsigned char GifByteType;
|
||||
typedef unsigned int GifPrefixType;
|
||||
typedef int GifWord;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct GifColorType {
|
||||
GifByteType Red, Green, Blue;
|
||||
} GifColorType;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct ColorMapObject {
|
||||
int ColorCount;
|
||||
int BitsPerPixel;
|
||||
BOOL SortFlag;
|
||||
GifColorType *Colors; /* on malloc(3) heap */
|
||||
} ColorMapObject;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct GifImageDesc {
|
||||
GifWord Left, Top, Width, Height; /* Current image dimensions. */
|
||||
BOOL Interlace; /* Sequential/Interlaced lines. */
|
||||
ColorMapObject *ColorMap; /* The local color map */
|
||||
} GifImageDesc;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct ExtensionBlock {
|
||||
int ByteCount;
|
||||
GifByteType *Bytes; /* on malloc(3) heap */
|
||||
int Function; /* The block function code */
|
||||
#define CONTINUE_EXT_FUNC_CODE 0x00 /* continuation subblock */
|
||||
#define COMMENT_EXT_FUNC_CODE 0xfe /* comment */
|
||||
#define GRAPHICS_EXT_FUNC_CODE 0xf9 /* graphics control (GIF89) */
|
||||
#define PLAINTEXT_EXT_FUNC_CODE 0x01 /* plaintext */
|
||||
#define APPLICATION_EXT_FUNC_CODE 0xff /* application block */
|
||||
} ExtensionBlock;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct SavedImage {
|
||||
GifImageDesc ImageDesc;
|
||||
GifByteType *RasterBits; /* on malloc(3) heap */
|
||||
int ExtensionBlockCount; /* Count of extensions before image */
|
||||
ExtensionBlock *ExtensionBlocks; /* Extensions before image */
|
||||
} SavedImage;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct GifFileType {
|
||||
GifWord SWidth, SHeight; /* Size of virtual canvas */
|
||||
GifWord SColorResolution; /* How many colors can we generate? */
|
||||
GifWord SBackGroundColor; /* Background color for virtual canvas */
|
||||
GifByteType AspectByte; /* Used to compute pixel aspect ratio */
|
||||
ColorMapObject *SColorMap; /* Global colormap, NULL if nonexistent. */
|
||||
int ImageCount; /* Number of current image (both APIs) */
|
||||
GifImageDesc Image; /* Current image (low-level API) */
|
||||
SavedImage *SavedImages; /* Image sequence (high-level API) */
|
||||
int ExtensionBlockCount; /* Count extensions past last image */
|
||||
ExtensionBlock *ExtensionBlocks; /* Extensions past last image */
|
||||
int Error; /* Last error condition reported */
|
||||
void *UserData; /* hook to attach user data (TVT) */
|
||||
void *Private; /* Don't mess with this! */
|
||||
} GifFileType;
|
||||
|
||||
#define GIF_ASPECT_RATIO(n) ((n)+15.0/64.0)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
UNDEFINED_RECORD_TYPE,
|
||||
SCREEN_DESC_RECORD_TYPE,
|
||||
IMAGE_DESC_RECORD_TYPE, /* Begin with ',' */
|
||||
EXTENSION_RECORD_TYPE, /* Begin with '!' */
|
||||
TERMINATE_RECORD_TYPE /* Begin with ';' */
|
||||
} GifRecordType;
|
||||
|
||||
/* func type to read gif data from arbitrary sources (TVT) */
|
||||
typedef int (*InputFunc)(GifFileType *, GifByteType *, int);
|
||||
|
||||
/* func type to write gif data to arbitrary targets.
|
||||
* Returns count of bytes written. (MRB)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (*OutputFunc)(GifFileType *, const GifByteType *, int);
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
GIF89 structures
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISPOSAL_UNSPECIFIED 0 /* No disposal specified. */
|
||||
#define DISPOSE_DO_NOT 1 /* Leave image in place */
|
||||
#define DISPOSE_BACKGROUND 2 /* Set area too background color */
|
||||
#define DISPOSE_PREVIOUS 3 /* Restore to previous content */
|
||||
#define NO_TRANSPARENT_COLOR (-1)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct GraphicsControlBlock {
|
||||
int DisposalMode;
|
||||
BOOL UserInputFlag; /* User confirmation required before disposal */
|
||||
int DelayTime; /* pre-display delay in 0.01sec units */
|
||||
int TransparentColor; /* Palette index for transparency, -1 if none */
|
||||
} GraphicsControlBlock;
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
GIF encoding routines
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Main entry points */
|
||||
GifFileType *EGifOpenFileName(const char *GifFileName,
|
||||
BOOL GifTestExistence, int *Error);
|
||||
GifFileType *EGifOpenFileHandle(int GifFileHandle, int *Error);
|
||||
GifFileType *EGifOpen(void *userPtr, OutputFunc writeFunc, int *Error);
|
||||
int EGifSpew(GifFileType *GifFile);
|
||||
char *EGifGetGifVersion(GifFileType *GifFile); /* new in 5.x */
|
||||
int EGifCloseFile(GifFileType *GifFile);
|
||||
int EGifCloseFile1(GifFileType *GifFile);
|
||||
|
||||
#define E_GIF_ERR_OPEN_FAILED 1 /* And EGif possible errors. */
|
||||
#define E_GIF_ERR_WRITE_FAILED 2
|
||||
#define E_GIF_ERR_HAS_SCRN_DSCR 3
|
||||
#define E_GIF_ERR_HAS_IMAG_DSCR 4
|
||||
#define E_GIF_ERR_NO_COLOR_MAP 5
|
||||
#define E_GIF_ERR_DATA_TOO_BIG 6
|
||||
#define E_GIF_ERR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEM 7
|
||||
#define E_GIF_ERR_DISK_IS_FULL 8
|
||||
#define E_GIF_ERR_CLOSE_FAILED 9
|
||||
#define E_GIF_ERR_NOT_WRITEABLE 10
|
||||
|
||||
/* These are legacy. You probably do not want to call them directly */
|
||||
int EGifPutScreenDesc(GifFileType *GifFile,
|
||||
int GifWidth, int GifHeight,
|
||||
int GifColorRes, int GifBackGround,
|
||||
const ColorMapObject *GifColorMap);
|
||||
int EGifPutImageDesc(GifFileType *GifFile,
|
||||
int GifLeft, int GifTop,
|
||||
int GifWidth, int GifHeight,
|
||||
BOOL GifInterlace,
|
||||
const ColorMapObject *GifColorMap);
|
||||
void EGifSetGifVersion(GifFileType *GifFile, BOOL gif89);
|
||||
int EGifPutLine(GifFileType *GifFile, GifPixelType *GifLine,
|
||||
int GifLineLen);
|
||||
int EGifPutPixel(GifFileType *GifFile, GifPixelType GifPixel);
|
||||
int EGifPutComment(GifFileType *GifFile, const char *GifComment);
|
||||
int EGifPutExtensionLeader(GifFileType *GifFile, int GifExtCode);
|
||||
int EGifPutExtensionBlock(GifFileType *GifFile,
|
||||
int GifExtLen, const void *GifExtension);
|
||||
int EGifPutExtensionTrailer(GifFileType *GifFile);
|
||||
int EGifPutExtension(GifFileType *GifFile, int GifExtCode,
|
||||
int GifExtLen,
|
||||
const void *GifExtension);
|
||||
int EGifPutCode(GifFileType *GifFile, const GifByteType *GifCodeBlock);
|
||||
int EGifPutCodeNext(GifFileType *GifFile,
|
||||
const GifByteType *GifCodeBlock);
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
GIF decoding routines
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Main entry points */
|
||||
GifFileType *DGifOpenFileName(const char *GifFileName, int *Error);
|
||||
GifFileType *DGifOpenFileHandle(int GifFileHandle, int *Error);
|
||||
int DGifSlurp(GifFileType *GifFile);
|
||||
GifFileType *DGifOpen(void *userPtr, InputFunc readFunc, int *Error); /* new one (TVT) */
|
||||
int DGifCloseFile(GifFileType *GifFile);
|
||||
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_OPEN_FAILED 101 /* And DGif possible errors. */
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_READ_FAILED 102
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_NOT_GIF_FILE 103
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_NO_SCRN_DSCR 104
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_NO_IMAG_DSCR 105
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_NO_COLOR_MAP 106
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_WRONG_RECORD 107
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_DATA_TOO_BIG 108
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEM 109
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_CLOSE_FAILED 110
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_NOT_READABLE 111
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_IMAGE_DEFECT 112
|
||||
#define D_GIF_ERR_EOF_TOO_SOON 113
|
||||
|
||||
/* These are legacy. You probably do not want to call them directly */
|
||||
int DGifGetScreenDesc(GifFileType *GifFile);
|
||||
int DGifGetRecordType(GifFileType *GifFile, GifRecordType *GifType);
|
||||
int DGifGetImageDesc(GifFileType *GifFile);
|
||||
int DGifGetLine(GifFileType *GifFile, GifPixelType *GifLine, int GifLineLen);
|
||||
int DGifGetPixel(GifFileType *GifFile, GifPixelType GifPixel);
|
||||
int DGifGetComment(GifFileType *GifFile, char *GifComment);
|
||||
int DGifGetExtension(GifFileType *GifFile, int *GifExtCode,
|
||||
GifByteType **GifExtension);
|
||||
int DGifGetExtensionNext(GifFileType *GifFile, GifByteType **GifExtension);
|
||||
int DGifGetCode(GifFileType *GifFile, int *GifCodeSize,
|
||||
GifByteType **GifCodeBlock);
|
||||
int DGifGetCodeNext(GifFileType *GifFile, GifByteType **GifCodeBlock);
|
||||
int DGifGetLZCodes(GifFileType *GifFile, int *GifCode);
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Color table quantization (deprecated)
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
int GifQuantizeBuffer(unsigned int Width, unsigned int Height,
|
||||
int *ColorMapSize, const GifByteType *RedInput,
|
||||
const GifByteType *GreenInput, const GifByteType *BlueInput,
|
||||
GifByteType *OutputBuffer,
|
||||
GifColorType *OutputColorMap);
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Error handling and reporting.
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
extern char *GifErrorString(int ErrorCode); /* new in 2012 - ESR */
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
Everything below this point is new after version 1.2, supporting `slurp
|
||||
mode' for doing I/O in two big belts with all the image-bashing in core.
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Color map handling from gif_alloc.c
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
extern ColorMapObject *GifMakeMapObject(int ColorCount,
|
||||
const GifColorType *ColorMap);
|
||||
extern void GifFreeMapObject(ColorMapObject *Object);
|
||||
extern ColorMapObject *GifUnionColorMap(const ColorMapObject *ColorIn1,
|
||||
const ColorMapObject *ColorIn2,
|
||||
GifPixelType ColorTransIn2[]);
|
||||
extern int GifBitSize(int n);
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Support for the in-core structures allocation (slurp mode).
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void GifApplyTranslation(SavedImage *Image, const GifPixelType Translation[]);
|
||||
extern int GifAddExtensionBlock(int *ExtensionBlock_Count,
|
||||
ExtensionBlock **ExtensionBlocks,
|
||||
int Function,
|
||||
unsigned int Len, unsigned char ExtData[]);
|
||||
extern void GifFreeExtensions(int *ExtensionBlock_Count,
|
||||
ExtensionBlock **ExtensionBlocks);
|
||||
extern void FreeLastSavedImage(GifFileType *GifFile);
|
||||
extern SavedImage *GifMakeSavedImage(GifFileType *GifFile,
|
||||
const SavedImage *CopyFrom);
|
||||
extern void GifFreeSavedImages(GifFileType *GifFile);
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
5.x functions for GIF89 graphics control blocks
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
int DGifExtensionToGCB(size_t GifExtensionLength,
|
||||
const GifByteType *GifExtension,
|
||||
GraphicsControlBlock *GCB);
|
||||
size_t EGifGCBToExtension(const GraphicsControlBlock *GCB,
|
||||
GifByteType *GifExtension);
|
||||
|
||||
int DGifSavedExtensionToGCB(GifFileType *GifFile,
|
||||
int ImageIndex,
|
||||
GraphicsControlBlock *GCB);
|
||||
int EGifGCBToSavedExtension(const GraphicsControlBlock *GCB,
|
||||
GifFileType *GifFile,
|
||||
int ImageIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
The library's internal utility font
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#define GIF_FONT_WIDTH 8
|
||||
#define GIF_FONT_HEIGHT 8
|
||||
extern const unsigned char GifAsciiTable8x8[][GIF_FONT_WIDTH];
|
||||
|
||||
extern void GifDrawText8x8(SavedImage *Image,
|
||||
int x, int y,
|
||||
const char *legend, int color);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void GifDrawBox(SavedImage *Image,
|
||||
int x, int y,
|
||||
int w, int d, int color);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void GifDrawRectangle(SavedImage *Image,
|
||||
int x, int y,
|
||||
int w, int d, int color);
|
||||
|
||||
extern void GifDrawBoxedText8x8(SavedImage *Image,
|
||||
int x, int y,
|
||||
const char *legend,
|
||||
int border, int bg, int fg);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
#endif // GIF_LIB_GIF_LIB_H_
|
||||
59
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/gif_lib_private.h
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
gif_lib_private.h - internal giflib routines and structures
|
||||
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef GIF_LIB_GIF_LIB_PRIVATE_H_
|
||||
#define GIF_LIB_GIF_LIB_PRIVATE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <giflib/gif_lib.h>
|
||||
#include <giflib/gif_hash.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define EXTENSION_INTRODUCER 0x21
|
||||
#define DESCRIPTOR_INTRODUCER 0x2c
|
||||
#define TERMINATOR_INTRODUCER 0x3b
|
||||
|
||||
#define LZ_MAX_CODE 4095 /* Biggest code possible in 12 bits. */
|
||||
#define LZ_BITS 12
|
||||
|
||||
#define FLUSH_OUTPUT 4096 /* Impossible code, to signal flush. */
|
||||
#define FIRST_CODE 4097 /* Impossible code, to signal first. */
|
||||
#define NO_SUCH_CODE 4098 /* Impossible code, to signal empty. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define FILE_STATE_WRITE 0x01
|
||||
#define FILE_STATE_SCREEN 0x02
|
||||
#define FILE_STATE_IMAGE 0x04
|
||||
#define FILE_STATE_READ 0x08
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_READABLE(Private) (Private->FileState & FILE_STATE_READ)
|
||||
#define IS_WRITEABLE(Private) (Private->FileState & FILE_STATE_WRITE)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct GifFilePrivateType {
|
||||
GifWord FileState, FileHandle, /* Where all this data goes to! */
|
||||
BitsPerPixel, /* Bits per pixel (Codes uses at least this + 1). */
|
||||
ClearCode, /* The CLEAR LZ code. */
|
||||
EOFCode, /* The EOF LZ code. */
|
||||
RunningCode, /* The next code algorithm can generate. */
|
||||
RunningBits, /* The number of bits required to represent RunningCode. */
|
||||
MaxCode1, /* 1 bigger than max. possible code, in RunningBits bits. */
|
||||
LastCode, /* The code before the current code. */
|
||||
CrntCode, /* Current algorithm code. */
|
||||
StackPtr, /* For character stack (see below). */
|
||||
CrntShiftState; /* Number of bits in CrntShiftDWord. */
|
||||
unsigned long CrntShiftDWord; /* For bytes decomposition into codes. */
|
||||
unsigned long PixelCount; /* Number of pixels in image. */
|
||||
FILE *File; /* File as stream. */
|
||||
InputFunc Read; /* function to read gif input (TVT) */
|
||||
OutputFunc Write; /* function to write gif output (MRB) */
|
||||
GifByteType Buf[256]; /* Compressed input is buffered here. */
|
||||
GifByteType Stack[LZ_MAX_CODE]; /* Decoded pixels are stacked here. */
|
||||
GifByteType Suffix[LZ_MAX_CODE + 1]; /* So we can trace the codes. */
|
||||
GifPrefixType Prefix[LZ_MAX_CODE + 1];
|
||||
GifHashTableType *HashTable;
|
||||
BOOL gif89;
|
||||
} GifFilePrivateType;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GIF_LIB_GIF_LIB_PRIVATE_H_
|
||||
393
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/gifalloc.c
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
GIF construction tools
|
||||
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <giflib/gif_lib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Miscellaneous utility functions
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* return smallest bitfield size n will fit in */
|
||||
int GifBitSize(int n) {
|
||||
register int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 1; i <= 8; i++)
|
||||
if ((1 << i) >= n)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
return (i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Color map object functions
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Allocate a color map of given size; initialize with contents of
|
||||
* ColorMap if that pointer is non-NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ColorMapObject *
|
||||
GifMakeMapObject(int ColorCount, const GifColorType *ColorMap) {
|
||||
ColorMapObject *Object;
|
||||
|
||||
/*** FIXME: Our ColorCount has to be a power of two. Is it necessary to
|
||||
* make the user know that or should we automatically round up instead? */
|
||||
if (ColorCount != (1 << GifBitSize(ColorCount))) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Object = (ColorMapObject *)malloc(sizeof(ColorMapObject));
|
||||
if (Object == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Object->Colors = (GifColorType *)calloc(ColorCount, sizeof(GifColorType));
|
||||
if (Object->Colors == NULL) {
|
||||
free(Object);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Object->ColorCount = ColorCount;
|
||||
Object->BitsPerPixel = GifBitSize(ColorCount);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ColorMap != NULL) {
|
||||
memcpy((char *)Object->Colors,
|
||||
(char *)ColorMap, ColorCount * sizeof(GifColorType));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (Object);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
Free a color map object
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void
|
||||
GifFreeMapObject(ColorMapObject *Object) {
|
||||
if (Object != NULL && Object->Colors != NULL) {
|
||||
free(Object->Colors);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (Object) {
|
||||
free(Object);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
void
|
||||
DumpColorMap(ColorMapObject *Object,
|
||||
FILE * fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Object != NULL) {
|
||||
int i, j, Len = Object->ColorCount;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < Len; i += 4) {
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < 4 && j < Len; j++) {
|
||||
(void)fprintf(fp, "%3d: %02x %02x %02x ", i + j,
|
||||
Object->Colors[i + j].Red,
|
||||
Object->Colors[i + j].Green,
|
||||
Object->Colors[i + j].Blue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
(void)fprintf(fp, "\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
Compute the union of two given color maps and return it. If result can't
|
||||
fit into 256 colors, NULL is returned, the allocated union otherwise.
|
||||
ColorIn1 is copied as is to ColorUnion, while colors from ColorIn2 are
|
||||
copied iff they didn't exist before. ColorTransIn2 maps the old
|
||||
ColorIn2 into the ColorUnion color map table./
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
ColorMapObject *
|
||||
GifUnionColorMap(const ColorMapObject *ColorIn1,
|
||||
const ColorMapObject *ColorIn2,
|
||||
GifPixelType ColorTransIn2[]) {
|
||||
int i, j, CrntSlot, RoundUpTo, NewGifBitSize;
|
||||
ColorMapObject *ColorUnion;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* We don't worry about duplicates within either color map; if
|
||||
* the caller wants to resolve those, he can perform unions
|
||||
* with an empty color map.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate table which will hold the result for sure. */
|
||||
ColorUnion = GifMakeMapObject(MAX(ColorIn1->ColorCount,
|
||||
ColorIn2->ColorCount) * 2, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ColorUnion == NULL)
|
||||
return (NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copy ColorIn1 to ColorUnion.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < ColorIn1->ColorCount; i++)
|
||||
ColorUnion->Colors[i] = ColorIn1->Colors[i];
|
||||
CrntSlot = ColorIn1->ColorCount;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Potentially obnoxious hack:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Back CrntSlot down past all contiguous {0, 0, 0} slots at the end
|
||||
* of table 1. This is very useful if your display is limited to
|
||||
* 16 colors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
while (ColorIn1->Colors[CrntSlot - 1].Red == 0
|
||||
&& ColorIn1->Colors[CrntSlot - 1].Green == 0
|
||||
&& ColorIn1->Colors[CrntSlot - 1].Blue == 0)
|
||||
CrntSlot--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy ColorIn2 to ColorUnion (use old colors if they exist): */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < ColorIn2->ColorCount && CrntSlot <= 256; i++) {
|
||||
/* Let's see if this color already exists: */
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < ColorIn1->ColorCount; j++)
|
||||
if (memcmp(&ColorIn1->Colors[j], &ColorIn2->Colors[i],
|
||||
sizeof(GifColorType)) == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
if (j < ColorIn1->ColorCount)
|
||||
ColorTransIn2[i] = j; /* color exists in Color1 */
|
||||
else {
|
||||
/* Color is new - copy it to a new slot: */
|
||||
ColorUnion->Colors[CrntSlot] = ColorIn2->Colors[i];
|
||||
ColorTransIn2[i] = CrntSlot++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (CrntSlot > 256) {
|
||||
GifFreeMapObject(ColorUnion);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NewGifBitSize = GifBitSize(CrntSlot);
|
||||
RoundUpTo = (1 << NewGifBitSize);
|
||||
|
||||
if (RoundUpTo != ColorUnion->ColorCount) {
|
||||
register GifColorType *Map = ColorUnion->Colors;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Zero out slots up to next power of 2.
|
||||
* We know these slots exist because of the way ColorUnion's
|
||||
* start dimension was computed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
for (j = CrntSlot; j < RoundUpTo; j++)
|
||||
Map[j].Red = Map[j].Green = Map[j].Blue = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* perhaps we can shrink the map? */
|
||||
if (RoundUpTo < ColorUnion->ColorCount)
|
||||
ColorUnion->Colors = (GifColorType *)realloc(Map,
|
||||
sizeof(GifColorType) * RoundUpTo);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ColorUnion->ColorCount = RoundUpTo;
|
||||
ColorUnion->BitsPerPixel = NewGifBitSize;
|
||||
|
||||
return (ColorUnion);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
Apply a given color translation to the raster bits of an image
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
void
|
||||
GifApplyTranslation(SavedImage *Image, const GifPixelType Translation[]) {
|
||||
register int i;
|
||||
register int RasterSize = Image->ImageDesc.Height * Image->ImageDesc.Width;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < RasterSize; i++)
|
||||
Image->RasterBits[i] = Translation[Image->RasterBits[i]];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Extension record functions
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
int
|
||||
GifAddExtensionBlock(int *ExtensionBlockCount,
|
||||
ExtensionBlock **ExtensionBlocks,
|
||||
int Function,
|
||||
unsigned int Len,
|
||||
unsigned char ExtData[]) {
|
||||
ExtensionBlock *ep;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*ExtensionBlocks == NULL)
|
||||
*ExtensionBlocks = (ExtensionBlock *)malloc(sizeof(ExtensionBlock));
|
||||
else
|
||||
*ExtensionBlocks = (ExtensionBlock *)realloc(*ExtensionBlocks,
|
||||
sizeof(ExtensionBlock) *
|
||||
(*ExtensionBlockCount + 1));
|
||||
|
||||
if (*ExtensionBlocks == NULL)
|
||||
return (GIF_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
ep = &(*ExtensionBlocks)[(*ExtensionBlockCount)++];
|
||||
|
||||
ep->Function = Function;
|
||||
ep->ByteCount = (int)(Len);
|
||||
ep->Bytes = (GifByteType *)malloc(ep->ByteCount);
|
||||
if (ep->Bytes == NULL)
|
||||
return (GIF_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ExtData != NULL) {
|
||||
memcpy(ep->Bytes, ExtData, Len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (GIF_OK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
GifFreeExtensions(int *ExtensionBlockCount,
|
||||
ExtensionBlock **ExtensionBlocks) {
|
||||
ExtensionBlock *ep;
|
||||
|
||||
if (*ExtensionBlocks == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
for (ep = *ExtensionBlocks;
|
||||
ep < (*ExtensionBlocks + *ExtensionBlockCount);
|
||||
ep++) {
|
||||
free((char *)ep->Bytes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free((char *)*ExtensionBlocks);
|
||||
*ExtensionBlocks = NULL;
|
||||
*ExtensionBlockCount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Image block allocation functions
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Function:
|
||||
* Frees the last image in the GifFile->SavedImages array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
FreeLastSavedImage(GifFileType *GifFile) {
|
||||
SavedImage *sp;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((GifFile == NULL) || (GifFile->SavedImages == NULL))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove one SavedImage from the GifFile */
|
||||
GifFile->ImageCount--;
|
||||
sp = &GifFile->SavedImages[GifFile->ImageCount];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deallocate its Colormap */
|
||||
if (sp->ImageDesc.ColorMap != NULL) {
|
||||
GifFreeMapObject(sp->ImageDesc.ColorMap);
|
||||
sp->ImageDesc.ColorMap = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deallocate the image data */
|
||||
if (sp != NULL && sp->RasterBits != NULL)
|
||||
free((char *)sp->RasterBits);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deallocate any extensions */
|
||||
GifFreeExtensions(&sp->ExtensionBlockCount, &sp->ExtensionBlocks);
|
||||
|
||||
/*** FIXME: We could realloc the GifFile->SavedImages structure but is
|
||||
* there a point to it? Saves some memory but we'd have to do it every
|
||||
* time. If this is used in GifFreeSavedImages then it would be inefficient
|
||||
* (The whole array is going to be deallocated.) If we just use it when
|
||||
* we want to free the last Image it's convenient to do it here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Append an image block to the SavedImages array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SavedImage *
|
||||
GifMakeSavedImage(GifFileType *GifFile, const SavedImage *CopyFrom) {
|
||||
if (GifFile->SavedImages == NULL)
|
||||
GifFile->SavedImages = (SavedImage *)malloc(sizeof(SavedImage));
|
||||
else
|
||||
GifFile->SavedImages = (SavedImage *)realloc(GifFile->SavedImages,
|
||||
sizeof(SavedImage) * (GifFile->ImageCount + 1));
|
||||
|
||||
if (GifFile->SavedImages == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
SavedImage *sp = &GifFile->SavedImages[GifFile->ImageCount++];
|
||||
memset((char *)sp, '\0', sizeof(SavedImage));
|
||||
|
||||
if (CopyFrom != NULL) {
|
||||
memcpy((char *)sp, CopyFrom, sizeof(SavedImage));
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Make our own allocated copies of the heap fields in the
|
||||
* copied record. This guards against potential aliasing
|
||||
* problems.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* first, the local color map */
|
||||
if (sp->ImageDesc.ColorMap != NULL) {
|
||||
sp->ImageDesc.ColorMap = GifMakeMapObject(
|
||||
CopyFrom->ImageDesc.ColorMap->ColorCount,
|
||||
CopyFrom->ImageDesc.ColorMap->Colors);
|
||||
if (sp->ImageDesc.ColorMap == NULL) {
|
||||
FreeLastSavedImage(GifFile);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* next, the raster */
|
||||
sp->RasterBits = (unsigned char *)malloc(sizeof(GifPixelType) *
|
||||
CopyFrom->ImageDesc.Height *
|
||||
CopyFrom->ImageDesc.Width);
|
||||
if (sp->RasterBits == NULL) {
|
||||
FreeLastSavedImage(GifFile);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memcpy(sp->RasterBits, CopyFrom->RasterBits,
|
||||
sizeof(GifPixelType) * CopyFrom->ImageDesc.Height *
|
||||
CopyFrom->ImageDesc.Width);
|
||||
|
||||
/* finally, the extension blocks */
|
||||
if (sp->ExtensionBlocks != NULL) {
|
||||
sp->ExtensionBlocks = (ExtensionBlock *)malloc(
|
||||
sizeof(ExtensionBlock) *
|
||||
CopyFrom->ExtensionBlockCount);
|
||||
if (sp->ExtensionBlocks == NULL) {
|
||||
FreeLastSavedImage(GifFile);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memcpy(sp->ExtensionBlocks, CopyFrom->ExtensionBlocks,
|
||||
sizeof(ExtensionBlock) * CopyFrom->ExtensionBlockCount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (sp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
GifFreeSavedImages(GifFileType *GifFile) {
|
||||
SavedImage *sp;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((GifFile == NULL) || (GifFile->SavedImages == NULL)) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (sp = GifFile->SavedImages;
|
||||
sp < GifFile->SavedImages + GifFile->ImageCount; sp++) {
|
||||
if (sp->ImageDesc.ColorMap != NULL) {
|
||||
GifFreeMapObject(sp->ImageDesc.ColorMap);
|
||||
sp->ImageDesc.ColorMap = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (sp != NULL && sp->RasterBits != NULL) {
|
||||
free((char *)sp->RasterBits);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GifFreeExtensions(&sp->ExtensionBlockCount, &sp->ExtensionBlocks);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free((char *)GifFile->SavedImages);
|
||||
GifFile->SavedImages = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
308
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/3rdparty/giflib/quantize.c
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
quantize.c - quantize a high resolution image into lower one
|
||||
|
||||
Based on: "Color Image Quantization for frame buffer Display", by
|
||||
Paul Heckbert SIGGRAPH 1982 page 297-307.
|
||||
|
||||
This doesn't really belong in the core library, was undocumented,
|
||||
and was removed in 4.2. Then it turned out some client apps were
|
||||
actually using it, so it was restored in 5.0.
|
||||
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <giflib/gif_lib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define ABS(x) ((x) > 0 ? (x) : (-(x)))
|
||||
|
||||
#define COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE 32768
|
||||
#define BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR 5
|
||||
#define MAX_PRIM_COLOR 0x1f
|
||||
|
||||
static int SortRGBAxis;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct QuantizedColorType {
|
||||
GifByteType RGB[3];
|
||||
GifByteType NewColorIndex;
|
||||
long Count;
|
||||
struct QuantizedColorType *Pnext;
|
||||
} QuantizedColorType;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct NewColorMapType {
|
||||
GifByteType RGBMin[3], RGBWidth[3];
|
||||
unsigned int NumEntries; /* # of QuantizedColorType in linked list below */
|
||||
unsigned long Count; /* Total number of pixels in all the entries */
|
||||
QuantizedColorType *QuantizedColors;
|
||||
} NewColorMapType;
|
||||
|
||||
static int SubdivColorMap(NewColorMapType *NewColorSubdiv,
|
||||
unsigned int ColorMapSize,
|
||||
unsigned int *NewColorMapSize);
|
||||
static int SortCmpRtn(const void *Entry1, const void *Entry2);
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Quantize high resolution image into lower one. Input image consists of a
|
||||
2D array for each of the RGB colors with size Width by Height. There is no
|
||||
Color map for the input. Output is a quantized image with 2D array of
|
||||
indexes into the output color map.
|
||||
Note input image can be 24 bits at the most (8 for red/green/blue) and
|
||||
the output has 256 colors at the most (256 entries in the color map.).
|
||||
ColorMapSize specifies size of color map up to 256 and will be updated to
|
||||
real size before returning.
|
||||
Also non of the parameter are allocated by this routine.
|
||||
This function returns GIF_OK if successful, GIF_ERROR otherwise.
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
int
|
||||
GifQuantizeBuffer(unsigned int Width,
|
||||
unsigned int Height,
|
||||
int *ColorMapSize,
|
||||
const GifByteType *RedInput,
|
||||
const GifByteType *GreenInput,
|
||||
const GifByteType *BlueInput,
|
||||
GifByteType *OutputBuffer,
|
||||
GifColorType *OutputColorMap) {
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int Index, NumOfEntries;
|
||||
int i, j, MaxRGBError[3];
|
||||
unsigned int NewColorMapSize;
|
||||
long Red, Green, Blue;
|
||||
NewColorMapType NewColorSubdiv[256];
|
||||
QuantizedColorType *ColorArrayEntries, *QuantizedColor;
|
||||
|
||||
ColorArrayEntries = (QuantizedColorType *)malloc(
|
||||
sizeof(QuantizedColorType) * COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE);
|
||||
if (ColorArrayEntries == NULL) {
|
||||
return GIF_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE; i++) {
|
||||
ColorArrayEntries[i].RGB[0] = i >> (2 * BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR);
|
||||
ColorArrayEntries[i].RGB[1] = (i >> BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR) &
|
||||
MAX_PRIM_COLOR;
|
||||
ColorArrayEntries[i].RGB[2] = i & MAX_PRIM_COLOR;
|
||||
ColorArrayEntries[i].Count = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sample the colors and their distribution: */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < (int)(Width * Height); i++) {
|
||||
Index = ((RedInput[i] >> (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR)) <<
|
||||
(2 * BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR)) +
|
||||
((GreenInput[i] >> (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR)) <<
|
||||
BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR) +
|
||||
(BlueInput[i] >> (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR));
|
||||
ColorArrayEntries[Index].Count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Put all the colors in the first entry of the color map, and call the
|
||||
* recursive subdivision process. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[i].QuantizedColors = NULL;
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[i].Count = NewColorSubdiv[i].NumEntries = 0;
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[i].RGBMin[j] = 0;
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[i].RGBWidth[j] = 255;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find the non empty entries in the color table and chain them: */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE; i++)
|
||||
if (ColorArrayEntries[i].Count > 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
QuantizedColor = NewColorSubdiv[0].QuantizedColors = &ColorArrayEntries[i];
|
||||
NumOfEntries = 1;
|
||||
while (++i < COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE)
|
||||
if (ColorArrayEntries[i].Count > 0) {
|
||||
QuantizedColor->Pnext = &ColorArrayEntries[i];
|
||||
QuantizedColor = &ColorArrayEntries[i];
|
||||
NumOfEntries++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
QuantizedColor->Pnext = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[0].NumEntries = NumOfEntries; /* Different sampled colors */
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[0].Count = ((long)Width) * Height; /* Pixels */
|
||||
NewColorMapSize = 1;
|
||||
if (SubdivColorMap(NewColorSubdiv, *ColorMapSize, &NewColorMapSize) !=
|
||||
GIF_OK) {
|
||||
free((char *)ColorArrayEntries);
|
||||
return GIF_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (NewColorMapSize < *ColorMapSize) {
|
||||
/* And clear rest of color map: */
|
||||
for (i = (int)(NewColorMapSize); i < *ColorMapSize; i++)
|
||||
OutputColorMap[i].Red = OutputColorMap[i].Green =
|
||||
OutputColorMap[i].Blue = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Average the colors in each entry to be the color to be used in the
|
||||
* output color map, and plug it into the output color map itself. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < NewColorMapSize; i++) {
|
||||
if ((j = (int)(NewColorSubdiv[i].NumEntries)) > 0) {
|
||||
QuantizedColor = NewColorSubdiv[i].QuantizedColors;
|
||||
Red = Green = Blue = 0;
|
||||
while (QuantizedColor) {
|
||||
QuantizedColor->NewColorIndex = i;
|
||||
Red += QuantizedColor->RGB[0];
|
||||
Green += QuantizedColor->RGB[1];
|
||||
Blue += QuantizedColor->RGB[2];
|
||||
QuantizedColor = QuantizedColor->Pnext;
|
||||
}
|
||||
OutputColorMap[i].Red = (Red << (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR)) / j;
|
||||
OutputColorMap[i].Green = (Green << (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR)) / j;
|
||||
OutputColorMap[i].Blue = (Blue << (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR)) / j;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Finally scan the input buffer again and put the mapped index in the
|
||||
* output buffer. */
|
||||
MaxRGBError[0] = MaxRGBError[1] = MaxRGBError[2] = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < (int)(Width * Height); i++) {
|
||||
Index = ((RedInput[i] >> (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR)) <<
|
||||
(2 * BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR)) +
|
||||
((GreenInput[i] >> (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR)) <<
|
||||
BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR) +
|
||||
(BlueInput[i] >> (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR));
|
||||
Index = ColorArrayEntries[Index].NewColorIndex;
|
||||
OutputBuffer[i] = Index;
|
||||
if (MaxRGBError[0] < ABS(OutputColorMap[Index].Red - RedInput[i]))
|
||||
MaxRGBError[0] = ABS(OutputColorMap[Index].Red - RedInput[i]);
|
||||
if (MaxRGBError[1] < ABS(OutputColorMap[Index].Green - GreenInput[i]))
|
||||
MaxRGBError[1] = ABS(OutputColorMap[Index].Green - GreenInput[i]);
|
||||
if (MaxRGBError[2] < ABS(OutputColorMap[Index].Blue - BlueInput[i]))
|
||||
MaxRGBError[2] = ABS(OutputColorMap[Index].Blue - BlueInput[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
fprintf(stderr,
|
||||
"Quantization L(0) errors: Red = %d, Green = %d, Blue = %d.\n",
|
||||
MaxRGBError[0], MaxRGBError[1], MaxRGBError[2]);
|
||||
#endif /* DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
free((char *)ColorArrayEntries);
|
||||
|
||||
*ColorMapSize = (int)(NewColorMapSize);
|
||||
|
||||
return GIF_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************
|
||||
Routine to subdivide the RGB space recursively using median cut in each
|
||||
axes alternatingly until ColorMapSize different cubes exists.
|
||||
The biggest cube in one dimension is subdivide unless it has only one entry.
|
||||
Returns GIF_ERROR if failed, otherwise GIF_OK.
|
||||
*******************************************************************************/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
SubdivColorMap(NewColorMapType *NewColorSubdiv,
|
||||
unsigned int ColorMapSize,
|
||||
unsigned int *NewColorMapSize) {
|
||||
|
||||
int MaxSize;
|
||||
unsigned int i, j, Index = 0, NumEntries, MinColor, MaxColor;
|
||||
long Sum, Count;
|
||||
QuantizedColorType *QuantizedColor, **SortArray;
|
||||
|
||||
while (ColorMapSize > *NewColorMapSize) {
|
||||
/* Find candidate for subdivision: */
|
||||
MaxSize = -1;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < *NewColorMapSize; i++) {
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
|
||||
if ((((int)NewColorSubdiv[i].RGBWidth[j]) > MaxSize) &&
|
||||
(NewColorSubdiv[i].NumEntries > 1)) {
|
||||
MaxSize = NewColorSubdiv[i].RGBWidth[j];
|
||||
Index = i;
|
||||
SortRGBAxis = (int)(j);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (MaxSize == -1)
|
||||
return GIF_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Split the entry Index into two along the axis SortRGBAxis: */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sort all elements in that entry along the given axis and split at
|
||||
* the median. */
|
||||
SortArray = (QuantizedColorType **)malloc(
|
||||
sizeof(QuantizedColorType *) *
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[Index].NumEntries);
|
||||
if (SortArray == NULL)
|
||||
return GIF_ERROR;
|
||||
for (j = 0, QuantizedColor = NewColorSubdiv[Index].QuantizedColors;
|
||||
j < NewColorSubdiv[Index].NumEntries && QuantizedColor != NULL;
|
||||
j++, QuantizedColor = QuantizedColor->Pnext)
|
||||
SortArray[j] = QuantizedColor;
|
||||
|
||||
qsort(SortArray, NewColorSubdiv[Index].NumEntries,
|
||||
sizeof(QuantizedColorType *), SortCmpRtn);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Relink the sorted list into one: */
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < NewColorSubdiv[Index].NumEntries - 1; j++) {
|
||||
SortArray[j]->Pnext = SortArray[j + 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SortArray[NewColorSubdiv[Index].NumEntries - 1]->Pnext = NULL;
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[Index].QuantizedColors = QuantizedColor = SortArray[0];
|
||||
free((char *)SortArray);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now simply add the Counts until we have half of the Count: */
|
||||
Sum = (long int)(NewColorSubdiv[Index].Count / 2 - QuantizedColor->Count);
|
||||
NumEntries = 1;
|
||||
Count = QuantizedColor->Count;
|
||||
while (QuantizedColor->Pnext != NULL &&
|
||||
(Sum -= QuantizedColor->Pnext->Count) >= 0 &&
|
||||
QuantizedColor->Pnext->Pnext != NULL) {
|
||||
QuantizedColor = QuantizedColor->Pnext;
|
||||
NumEntries++;
|
||||
Count += QuantizedColor->Count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Save the values of the last color of the first half, and first
|
||||
* of the second half, so we can update the Bounding Boxes later.
|
||||
* Also, as the colors are quantized and the BBoxes are full 0..255,
|
||||
* they need to be rescaled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MaxColor = QuantizedColor->RGB[SortRGBAxis]; /* Max. of first half */
|
||||
/* coverity[var_deref_op] */
|
||||
MinColor = QuantizedColor->Pnext->RGB[SortRGBAxis]; /* of second */
|
||||
MaxColor <<= (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR);
|
||||
MinColor <<= (8 - BITS_PER_PRIM_COLOR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Partition right here: */
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[*NewColorMapSize].QuantizedColors =
|
||||
QuantizedColor->Pnext;
|
||||
QuantizedColor->Pnext = NULL;
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[*NewColorMapSize].Count = Count;
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[Index].Count -= Count;
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[*NewColorMapSize].NumEntries =
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[Index].NumEntries - NumEntries;
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[Index].NumEntries = NumEntries;
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[*NewColorMapSize].RGBMin[j] =
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[Index].RGBMin[j];
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[*NewColorMapSize].RGBWidth[j] =
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[Index].RGBWidth[j];
|
||||
}
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[*NewColorMapSize].RGBWidth[SortRGBAxis] =
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[*NewColorMapSize].RGBMin[SortRGBAxis] +
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[*NewColorMapSize].RGBWidth[SortRGBAxis] - MinColor;
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[*NewColorMapSize].RGBMin[SortRGBAxis] = MinColor;
|
||||
|
||||
NewColorSubdiv[Index].RGBWidth[SortRGBAxis] =
|
||||
MaxColor - NewColorSubdiv[Index].RGBMin[SortRGBAxis];
|
||||
|
||||
(*NewColorMapSize)++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return GIF_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
Routine called by qsort to compare two entries.
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
SortCmpRtn(const void *Entry1,
|
||||
const void *Entry2) {
|
||||
|
||||
return (*((QuantizedColorType **)Entry1))->RGB[SortRGBAxis] -
|
||||
(*((QuantizedColorType **)Entry2))->RGB[SortRGBAxis];
|
||||
}
|
||||
40
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/gifimage/qgifglobal.h
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
** Copyright (c) 2013 Debao Zhang <hello@debao.me>
|
||||
** All right reserved.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
|
||||
** a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
|
||||
** "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
|
||||
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
|
||||
** permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
|
||||
** the following conditions:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
|
||||
** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
||||
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
** NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
|
||||
** LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
|
||||
** OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
|
||||
** WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
**
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef GIF_IMAGE_Q_GIF_GLOBAL_H_
|
||||
#define GIF_IMAGE_Q_GIF_GLOBAL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QtGlobal>
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(QT_STATIC) && !defined(GIFIMAGE_NO_LIB)
|
||||
#if defined(QT_BUILD_GIFIMAGE_LIB)
|
||||
#define Q_GIFIMAGE_EXPORT Q_DECL_EXPORT
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define Q_GIFIMAGE_EXPORT Q_DECL_IMPORT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define Q_GIFIMAGE_EXPORT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GIF_IMAGE_Q_GIF_GLOBAL_H_
|
||||
668
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/gifimage/qgifimage.cpp
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
** Copyright (c) 2013 Debao Zhang <hello@debao.me>
|
||||
** All right reserved.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
|
||||
** a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
|
||||
** "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
|
||||
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
|
||||
** permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
|
||||
** the following conditions:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
|
||||
** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
||||
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
** NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
|
||||
** LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
|
||||
** OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
|
||||
** WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
**
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <gifimage/qgifimage.h>
|
||||
#include <gifimage/qgifimage_p.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QFile>
|
||||
#include <QImage>
|
||||
#include <QDebug>
|
||||
#include <QScopedPointer>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace {
|
||||
|
||||
int writeToIODevice(GifFileType *gifFile, const GifByteType *data,
|
||||
int maxSize) {
|
||||
return static_cast<int>(
|
||||
static_cast<QIODevice *>(
|
||||
gifFile->UserData)->write(
|
||||
reinterpret_cast<const char *>(data), maxSize));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int readFromIODevice(GifFileType *gifFile, GifByteType *data, int maxSize) {
|
||||
return static_cast<int>(
|
||||
static_cast<QIODevice *>(
|
||||
gifFile->UserData)->read(
|
||||
reinterpret_cast<char *>(data), maxSize));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace
|
||||
|
||||
QGifImagePrivate::QGifImagePrivate(QGifImage *p)
|
||||
: loopCount(0), defaultDelayTime(1000), q_ptr(p) {}
|
||||
|
||||
QVector<QRgb> QGifImagePrivate::colorTableFromColorMapObject(
|
||||
ColorMapObject *colorMap, int transColorIndex) const {
|
||||
QVector<QRgb> colorTable;
|
||||
if (colorMap) {
|
||||
for (int idx = 0; idx < colorMap->ColorCount; ++idx) {
|
||||
GifColorType gifColor = colorMap->Colors[idx];
|
||||
QRgb color = gifColor.Blue | (gifColor.Green << 8) | (gifColor.Red << 16);
|
||||
// For non-transparent color, set the alpha to opaque.
|
||||
if (idx != transColorIndex)
|
||||
color |= 0xff << 24;
|
||||
colorTable.append(color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return colorTable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ColorMapObject *QGifImagePrivate::colorTableToColorMapObject(
|
||||
QVector<QRgb> colorTable) const {
|
||||
if (colorTable.isEmpty())
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
|
||||
auto cmap = (ColorMapObject *)malloc(sizeof(ColorMapObject));
|
||||
// num of colors must be a power of 2
|
||||
int numColors = 1 << GifBitSize(static_cast<int>(colorTable.size()));
|
||||
cmap->ColorCount = numColors;
|
||||
// Maybe a bug of giflib, BitsPerPixel is used as size of the color table
|
||||
// size.
|
||||
cmap->BitsPerPixel = GifBitSize(static_cast<int>(colorTable.size())); // Todo!
|
||||
cmap->SortFlag = false;
|
||||
|
||||
auto colorValues =
|
||||
(GifColorType *)calloc(numColors, sizeof(GifColorType));
|
||||
for (int idx = 0; idx < colorTable.size(); ++idx) {
|
||||
colorValues[idx].Red = qRed(colorTable[idx]);
|
||||
colorValues[idx].Green = qGreen(colorTable[idx]);
|
||||
colorValues[idx].Blue = qBlue(colorTable[idx]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cmap->Colors = colorValues;
|
||||
|
||||
return cmap;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QSize QGifImagePrivate::getCanvasSize() const {
|
||||
// If canvasSize has been set by user.
|
||||
if (canvasSize.isValid())
|
||||
return canvasSize;
|
||||
|
||||
// Calc the right canvasSize from the frame size.
|
||||
int width = -1;
|
||||
int height = -1;
|
||||
foreach (QGifFrameInfoData info, frameInfos) {
|
||||
int w = info.image.width() + info.offset.x();
|
||||
int h = info.image.height() + info.offset.y();
|
||||
if (w > width)
|
||||
width = w;
|
||||
if (h > height)
|
||||
height = h;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return {width, height};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int QGifImagePrivate::getFrameTransparentColorIndex(
|
||||
const QGifFrameInfoData &frameInfo) const {
|
||||
int index = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
QColor transColor = frameInfo.transparentColor.isValid()
|
||||
? frameInfo.transparentColor
|
||||
: defaultTransparentColor;
|
||||
|
||||
if (transColor.isValid()) {
|
||||
if (!frameInfo.image.colorTable().isEmpty())
|
||||
index = static_cast<int>(frameInfo.image.colorTable().indexOf(transColor.rgb()));
|
||||
else if (!globalColorTable.isEmpty())
|
||||
index = static_cast<int>(globalColorTable.indexOf(transColor.rgb()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool QGifImagePrivate::load(QIODevice *device) {
|
||||
static int interlacedOffset[] = {0, 4, 2,
|
||||
1}; /* The way Interlaced image should. */
|
||||
static int interlacedJumps[] = {8, 8, 4,
|
||||
2}; /* be read - offsets and jumps... */
|
||||
|
||||
int error;
|
||||
GifFileType *gifFile = DGifOpen(device, readFromIODevice, &error);
|
||||
if (!gifFile) {
|
||||
char *temp = GifErrorString(error);
|
||||
qWarning("%s", temp);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (DGifSlurp(gifFile) == GIF_ERROR)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
canvasSize.setWidth(gifFile->SWidth);
|
||||
canvasSize.setHeight(gifFile->SHeight);
|
||||
if (gifFile->SColorMap) {
|
||||
globalColorTable = colorTableFromColorMapObject(gifFile->SColorMap);
|
||||
if (gifFile->SBackGroundColor < globalColorTable.size())
|
||||
bgColor = QColor(globalColorTable[gifFile->SBackGroundColor]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (int idx = 0; idx < gifFile->ImageCount; ++idx) {
|
||||
SavedImage gifImage = gifFile->SavedImages[idx];
|
||||
int top = gifImage.ImageDesc.Top;
|
||||
int left = gifImage.ImageDesc.Left;
|
||||
int width = gifImage.ImageDesc.Width;
|
||||
int height = gifImage.ImageDesc.Height;
|
||||
|
||||
QGifFrameInfoData frameInfo;
|
||||
GraphicsControlBlock gcb;
|
||||
DGifSavedExtensionToGCB(gifFile, idx, &gcb);
|
||||
int transColorIndex = gcb.TransparentColor;
|
||||
|
||||
QVector<QRgb> colorTable;
|
||||
if (gifImage.ImageDesc.ColorMap)
|
||||
colorTable = colorTableFromColorMapObject(gifImage.ImageDesc.ColorMap,
|
||||
transColorIndex);
|
||||
else if (transColorIndex != -1)
|
||||
colorTable =
|
||||
colorTableFromColorMapObject(gifFile->SColorMap, transColorIndex);
|
||||
else
|
||||
colorTable = globalColorTable;
|
||||
|
||||
if (transColorIndex != -1)
|
||||
frameInfo.transparentColor = colorTable[transColorIndex];
|
||||
frameInfo.delayTime = gcb.DelayTime * 10; // convert to milliseconds
|
||||
frameInfo.interlace = gifImage.ImageDesc.Interlace;
|
||||
frameInfo.offset = QPoint(left, top);
|
||||
|
||||
QImage image(width, height, QImage::Format_Indexed8);
|
||||
image.setOffset(QPoint(left, top)); // Maybe useful for some users.
|
||||
image.setColorTable(colorTable);
|
||||
if (transColorIndex != -1)
|
||||
image.fill(transColorIndex);
|
||||
else if (!globalColorTable.isEmpty())
|
||||
image.fill(gifFile->SBackGroundColor); //! ToDo
|
||||
|
||||
if (gifImage.ImageDesc.Interlace) {
|
||||
int line = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
|
||||
for (int row = interlacedOffset[i]; row < height;
|
||||
row += interlacedJumps[i]) {
|
||||
memcpy(image.scanLine(row), gifImage.RasterBits + line * width,
|
||||
width);
|
||||
line++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for (int row = 0; row < height; row++) {
|
||||
memcpy(image.scanLine(row), gifImage.RasterBits + row * width, width);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Extract other data for the image.
|
||||
if (idx == 0) {
|
||||
if (gifImage.ExtensionBlockCount > 2) {
|
||||
ExtensionBlock *extBlock = gifImage.ExtensionBlocks;
|
||||
if (extBlock->Function == APPLICATION_EXT_FUNC_CODE &&
|
||||
extBlock->ByteCount == 8) {
|
||||
if (QByteArray((char *)extBlock->Bytes) ==
|
||||
QByteArray("NETSCAPE2.0")) {
|
||||
ExtensionBlock *block = gifImage.ExtensionBlocks + 1;
|
||||
if (block->ByteCount == 3) {
|
||||
loopCount =
|
||||
uchar(block->Bytes[1]) + uchar((block->Bytes[2]) << 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
frameInfo.image = image;
|
||||
frameInfos.append(frameInfo);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DGifCloseFile(gifFile);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool QGifImagePrivate::save(QIODevice *device) const {
|
||||
int error;
|
||||
GifFileType *gifFile = EGifOpen(device, writeToIODevice, &error);
|
||||
if (!gifFile) {
|
||||
char *temp = GifErrorString(error);
|
||||
qWarning("%s", temp);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QSize _canvasSize = getCanvasSize();
|
||||
gifFile->SWidth = _canvasSize.width();
|
||||
gifFile->SHeight = _canvasSize.height();
|
||||
gifFile->SColorResolution = 8;
|
||||
if (!globalColorTable.isEmpty()) {
|
||||
gifFile->SColorMap = colorTableToColorMapObject(globalColorTable);
|
||||
int idx = static_cast<int>(globalColorTable.indexOf(bgColor.rgba()));
|
||||
gifFile->SBackGroundColor = idx == -1 ? 0 : idx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
gifFile->ImageCount = static_cast<int>(frameInfos.size());
|
||||
gifFile->SavedImages =
|
||||
(SavedImage *)calloc(frameInfos.size(), sizeof(SavedImage));
|
||||
for (int idx = 0; idx < frameInfos.size(); ++idx) {
|
||||
const QGifFrameInfoData frameInfo = frameInfos.at(idx);
|
||||
QImage image = frameInfo.image;
|
||||
if (image.format() != QImage::Format_Indexed8) {
|
||||
if (!globalColorTable.isEmpty())
|
||||
image =
|
||||
image.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_Indexed8, globalColorTable);
|
||||
else
|
||||
image = image.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_Indexed8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SavedImage *gifImage = gifFile->SavedImages + idx;
|
||||
|
||||
gifImage->ImageDesc.Left = frameInfo.offset.x();
|
||||
gifImage->ImageDesc.Top = frameInfo.offset.y();
|
||||
gifImage->ImageDesc.Width = image.width();
|
||||
gifImage->ImageDesc.Height = image.height();
|
||||
gifImage->ImageDesc.Interlace = frameInfo.interlace;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!image.colorTable().isEmpty() &&
|
||||
(image.colorTable() != globalColorTable))
|
||||
gifImage->ImageDesc.ColorMap =
|
||||
colorTableToColorMapObject(image.colorTable());
|
||||
else
|
||||
gifImage->ImageDesc.ColorMap = nullptr;
|
||||
|
||||
auto data = (GifByteType *)malloc(image.width() * image.height() *
|
||||
sizeof(GifByteType));
|
||||
for (int row = 0; row < image.height(); ++row) {
|
||||
memcpy(data + row * image.width(), image.scanLine(row), image.width());
|
||||
}
|
||||
gifImage->RasterBits = data;
|
||||
|
||||
if (idx == 0) {
|
||||
uchar data8[12] = "NETSCAPE2.0";
|
||||
GifAddExtensionBlock(&gifImage->ExtensionBlockCount,
|
||||
&gifImage->ExtensionBlocks,
|
||||
APPLICATION_EXT_FUNC_CODE, 11, data8);
|
||||
uchar data_char[3];
|
||||
data_char[0] = 0x01;
|
||||
data_char[1] = loopCount & 0xFF;
|
||||
data_char[2] = (loopCount >> 8) & 0xFF;
|
||||
GifAddExtensionBlock(&gifImage->ExtensionBlockCount,
|
||||
&gifImage->ExtensionBlocks, CONTINUE_EXT_FUNC_CODE,
|
||||
3, data_char);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GraphicsControlBlock gcbBlock;
|
||||
gcbBlock.DisposalMode = 0;
|
||||
gcbBlock.UserInputFlag = false;
|
||||
gcbBlock.TransparentColor = getFrameTransparentColorIndex(frameInfo);
|
||||
|
||||
if (frameInfo.delayTime != -1)
|
||||
gcbBlock.DelayTime =
|
||||
frameInfo.delayTime / 10; // convert from milliseconds
|
||||
else
|
||||
gcbBlock.DelayTime = defaultDelayTime / 10;
|
||||
|
||||
EGifGCBToSavedExtension(&gcbBlock, gifFile, idx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
EGifSpew(gifFile);
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\class QGifImage
|
||||
\inmodule QtGifImage
|
||||
\brief Class used to read/wirte .gif files.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Constructs a gif image
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QGifImage::QGifImage() : d_ptr(new QGifImagePrivate(this)) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Constructs a gif image and tries to load the image from the
|
||||
file with the given \a fileName
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QGifImage::QGifImage(const QString &fileName)
|
||||
: d_ptr(new QGifImagePrivate(this)) {
|
||||
load(fileName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Constructs a gif image with the given \a size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QGifImage::QGifImage(const QSize &size) : d_ptr(new QGifImagePrivate(this)) {
|
||||
d_ptr->canvasSize = size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Destroys the gif image and cleans up.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QGifImage::~QGifImage() { delete d_ptr; }
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Return global color table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QVector<QRgb> QGifImage::globalColorTable() const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
return d->globalColorTable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Return background color of the gif canvas. It only makes sense when
|
||||
global color table is not empty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QColor QGifImage::backgroundColor() const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
return d->bgColor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Set the global color table \a colors and background color \a bgColor.
|
||||
\a bgColor must be one the color in \a colors.
|
||||
|
||||
Unlike other image formats that support alpha (e.g. png), GIF does not
|
||||
support semi-transparent pixels. So the alpha channel of the color table
|
||||
will be ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::setGlobalColorTable(const QVector<QRgb> &colors,
|
||||
const QColor &bgColor) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
d->globalColorTable = colors;
|
||||
d->bgColor = bgColor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Return the default delay in milliseconds. The default value is 1000 ms.
|
||||
|
||||
The time delay can be different for every frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int QGifImage::defaultDelay() const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
return d->defaultDelayTime;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Set the default \a delay in milliseconds.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::setDefaultDelay(int delay) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
d->defaultDelayTime = delay;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Return the default transparent color.
|
||||
|
||||
The transparent color can be different for every frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QColor QGifImage::defaultTransparentColor() const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
return d->defaultTransparentColor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Set the default transparent \a color.
|
||||
|
||||
Unlike other image formats that support alpha (e.g. png), GIF does
|
||||
not support semi-transparent pixels. The way to achieve transparency
|
||||
is to set a color that will be transparent when rendering the GIF.
|
||||
So, if you set the transparent color to black, the black pixels in
|
||||
the gif file will be transparent.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::setDefaultTransparentColor(const QColor &color) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
d->defaultTransparentColor = color;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Return the loop count.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int QGifImage::loopCount() const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
return d->loopCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Set the loop count. The default value of \a loop is 0, which means loop
|
||||
forever.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::setLoopCount(int loop) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
d->loopCount = loop;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Insert the QImage object \a frame at position \a index with \a delay.
|
||||
|
||||
As gif file only support indexed image, so all the \a frame will be
|
||||
converted to the QImage::Format_Indexed8 format. Global color table will be
|
||||
used in the convertion if it has been set.
|
||||
|
||||
QImage::offset() will be used when insert the QImage to the gif canvas.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::insertFrame(int index, const QImage &frame, int delay) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
|
||||
QGifFrameInfoData data;
|
||||
data.image = frame;
|
||||
data.delayTime = delay;
|
||||
data.offset = frame.offset();
|
||||
|
||||
d->frameInfos.insert(index, data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\overload
|
||||
|
||||
Insert the QImage object \a frame at position \a index with the given \a
|
||||
offset and \a delay.
|
||||
|
||||
As gif file only support indexed image, so all the \a frame will be
|
||||
converted to the QImage::Format_Indexed8 format. Global color table will be
|
||||
used in the convertion if it has been set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::insertFrame(int index, const QImage &frame,
|
||||
const QPoint &offset, int delay) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
QGifFrameInfoData data;
|
||||
data.image = frame;
|
||||
data.delayTime = delay;
|
||||
data.offset = offset;
|
||||
|
||||
d->frameInfos.insert(index, data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Append the QImage object \a frame with \a delay.
|
||||
|
||||
As gif file only support indexed image, so all the \a frame will be
|
||||
converted to the QImage::Format_Indexed8 format. Global color table will be
|
||||
used in the convertion if it has been set.
|
||||
|
||||
QImage::offset() will be used when insert the QImage to the gif canvas.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::addFrame(const QImage &frame, int delay) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
|
||||
QGifFrameInfoData data;
|
||||
data.image = frame;
|
||||
data.delayTime = delay;
|
||||
data.offset = frame.offset();
|
||||
|
||||
d->frameInfos.append(data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\overload
|
||||
Append the QImage object \a frame with the given \a offset and \a delay.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::addFrame(const QImage &frame, const QPoint &offset, int delay) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
|
||||
QGifFrameInfoData data;
|
||||
data.image = frame;
|
||||
data.delayTime = delay;
|
||||
data.offset = offset;
|
||||
|
||||
d->frameInfos.append(data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Return frame count contained in the gif file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int QGifImage::frameCount() const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
return static_cast<int>(d->frameInfos.count());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Return the image at \a index.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QImage QGifImage::frame(int index) const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
if (index < 0 || index >= d->frameInfos.size())
|
||||
return {};
|
||||
|
||||
return d->frameInfos[index].image;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Return the offset value of the frame at \a index
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QPoint QGifImage::frameOffset(int index) const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
if (index < 0 || index >= d->frameInfos.size())
|
||||
return {};
|
||||
|
||||
return d->frameInfos[index].offset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Set the \a offset value for the frame at \a index
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::setFrameOffset(int index, const QPoint &offset) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
if (index < 0 || index >= d->frameInfos.size())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
d->frameInfos[index].offset = offset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Return the delay value of the frame at \a index
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int QGifImage::frameDelay(int index) const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
if (index < 0 || index >= d->frameInfos.size())
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
return d->frameInfos[index].delayTime;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Set the \a delay value for the frame at \a index
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::setFrameDelay(int index, int delay) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
if (index < 0 || index >= d->frameInfos.size())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
d->frameInfos[index].delayTime = delay;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Return the transparent color of the frame at \a index
|
||||
*/
|
||||
QColor QGifImage::frameTransparentColor(int index) const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
if (index < 0 || index >= d->frameInfos.size())
|
||||
return {};
|
||||
|
||||
return d->frameInfos[index].transparentColor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Sets the transparent \a color of the frame \a index. Unlike other image
|
||||
formats that support alpha (e.g. PNG), GIF does not support semi-transparent
|
||||
pixels. The way to achieve transparency is to set a color that will be
|
||||
transparent when rendering the GIF. So, if you set the transparent color to
|
||||
black, the black pixels in your gif file will be transparent.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void QGifImage::setFrameTransparentColor(int index, const QColor &color) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
if (index < 0 || index >= d->frameInfos.size())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
d->frameInfos[index].transparentColor = color;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Saves the gif image to the file with the given \a fileName.
|
||||
Returns \c true if the image was successfully saved; otherwise
|
||||
returns \c false.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool QGifImage::save(const QString &fileName) const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
QFile file(fileName);
|
||||
if (file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly)) {
|
||||
bool res = d->save(&file);
|
||||
// d->~QGifImagePrivate();
|
||||
// delete d;
|
||||
return res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\overload
|
||||
|
||||
This function writes a QImage to the given \a device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool QGifImage::save(QIODevice *device) const {
|
||||
Q_D(const QGifImage);
|
||||
if (device->openMode() | QIODevice::WriteOnly)
|
||||
return d->save(device);
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
Loads an gif image from the file with the given \a fileName. Returns \c true
|
||||
if the image was successfully loaded; otherwise invalidates the image and
|
||||
returns \c false.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool QGifImage::load(const QString &fileName) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
QFile file(fileName);
|
||||
if (file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
|
||||
return d->load(&file);
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
\overload
|
||||
|
||||
This function reads a gif image from the given \a device. This can,
|
||||
for example, be used to load an image directly into a QByteArray.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool QGifImage::load(QIODevice *device) {
|
||||
Q_D(QGifImage);
|
||||
if (device->openMode() | QIODevice::ReadOnly)
|
||||
return d->load(device);
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
89
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/gifimage/qgifimage.h
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
** Copyright (c) 2013 Debao Zhang <hello@debao.me>
|
||||
** All right reserved.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
|
||||
** a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
|
||||
** "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
|
||||
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
|
||||
** permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
|
||||
** the following conditions:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
|
||||
** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
||||
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
** NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
|
||||
** LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
|
||||
** OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
|
||||
** WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
**
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef GIF_IMAGE_Q_GIF_IMAGE_H_
|
||||
#define GIF_IMAGE_Q_GIF_IMAGE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <gifimage/qgifglobal.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QList>
|
||||
#include <QImage>
|
||||
#include <QColor>
|
||||
#include <QVector>
|
||||
|
||||
class QGifImagePrivate;
|
||||
|
||||
class QGifImage {
|
||||
Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QGifImage)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
QGifImage();
|
||||
explicit QGifImage(const QString &fileName);
|
||||
explicit QGifImage(const QSize &size);
|
||||
|
||||
~QGifImage();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
QVector<QRgb> globalColorTable() const;
|
||||
QColor backgroundColor() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void setGlobalColorTable(const QVector<QRgb> &colors, const QColor &bgColor = QColor());
|
||||
int defaultDelay() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void setDefaultDelay(int internal);
|
||||
QColor defaultTransparentColor() const;
|
||||
void setDefaultTransparentColor(const QColor &color);
|
||||
|
||||
int loopCount() const;
|
||||
void setLoopCount(int loop);
|
||||
|
||||
int frameCount() const;
|
||||
QImage frame(int index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void addFrame(const QImage &frame, int delay = -1);
|
||||
void addFrame(const QImage &frame, const QPoint &offset, int delay = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
void insertFrame(int index, const QImage &frame, int delay = -1);
|
||||
void insertFrame(int index, const QImage &frame, const QPoint &offset, int delay = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
QPoint frameOffset(int index) const;
|
||||
void setFrameOffset(int index, const QPoint &offset);
|
||||
|
||||
int frameDelay(int index) const;
|
||||
void setFrameDelay(int index, int delay);
|
||||
|
||||
QColor frameTransparentColor(int index) const;
|
||||
void setFrameTransparentColor(int index, const QColor &color);
|
||||
|
||||
bool load(QIODevice *device);
|
||||
bool load(const QString &fileName);
|
||||
|
||||
bool save(QIODevice *device) const;
|
||||
bool save(const QString &fileName) const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QGifImagePrivate *const d_ptr;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GIF_IMAGE_Q_GIF_IMAGE_H_
|
||||
75
3rdparty/QtGifImage/include/gifimage/qgifimage_p.h
vendored
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
/****************************************************************************
|
||||
** Copyright (c) 2013 Debao Zhang <hello@debao.me>
|
||||
** All right reserved.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
|
||||
** a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
|
||||
** "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
|
||||
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
||||
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
|
||||
** permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
|
||||
** the following conditions:
|
||||
**
|
||||
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
|
||||
** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
**
|
||||
** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
||||
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
|
||||
** NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
|
||||
** LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
|
||||
** OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
|
||||
** WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
||||
**
|
||||
****************************************************************************/
|
||||
#ifndef GIF_IMAGE_Q_GIF_IMAGE_P_H_
|
||||
#define GIF_IMAGE_Q_GIF_IMAGE_P_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <giflib/gif_lib.h>
|
||||
#include <gifimage/qgifimage.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QVector>
|
||||
#include <QColor>
|
||||
|
||||
struct QGifFrameInfoData {
|
||||
QGifFrameInfoData() : delayTime(-1), interlace(false) {}
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
QImage image;
|
||||
QPoint offset; //offset info of QImage will lost when convert from One format to another.
|
||||
int delayTime;
|
||||
bool interlace;
|
||||
QColor transparentColor;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class QGifImagePrivate {
|
||||
Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QGifImage)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
explicit QGifImagePrivate(QGifImage *p);
|
||||
~QGifImagePrivate() = default;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
bool load(QIODevice *device);
|
||||
bool save(QIODevice *device) const;
|
||||
|
||||
QVector<QRgb> colorTableFromColorMapObject(ColorMapObject *object, int transColorIndex = -1) const;
|
||||
[[nodiscard]] ColorMapObject *colorTableToColorMapObject(QVector<QRgb> colorTable) const;
|
||||
|
||||
[[nodiscard]] QSize getCanvasSize() const;
|
||||
[[nodiscard]] int getFrameTransparentColorIndex(const QGifFrameInfoData &info) const;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
QSize canvasSize;
|
||||
int loopCount;
|
||||
int defaultDelayTime;
|
||||
QColor defaultTransparentColor;
|
||||
|
||||
QVector<QRgb> globalColorTable;
|
||||
QColor bgColor;
|
||||
QList<QGifFrameInfoData> frameInfos;
|
||||
|
||||
QGifImage *q_ptr;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // GIF_IMAGE_Q_GIF_IMAGE_P_H_
|
||||
62
CMakeLists.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.16.0)
|
||||
|
||||
project(qteletextmaker VERSION 1.0.0 LANGUAGES CXX)
|
||||
|
||||
set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 17)
|
||||
set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD_REQUIRED ON)
|
||||
|
||||
set(CMAKE_AUTOMOC ON)
|
||||
set(CMAKE_AUTORCC ON)
|
||||
set(CMAKE_AUTOUIC ON)
|
||||
|
||||
find_package(Qt6 COMPONENTS Core Widgets REQUIRED)
|
||||
|
||||
qt_standard_project_setup()
|
||||
|
||||
add_subdirectory(src/qteletextdecoder)
|
||||
|
||||
add_subdirectory(3rdparty/QtGifImage)
|
||||
|
||||
file (GLOB SOURCES src/qteletextmaker/*.cpp)
|
||||
qt_add_executable(qteletextmaker ${SOURCES} src/qteletextmaker/actionicons.qrc)
|
||||
|
||||
target_link_libraries(qteletextmaker PRIVATE QtGifImage::QtGifImage qteletextdecoder Qt::Widgets)
|
||||
|
||||
set_target_properties(qteletextmaker PROPERTIES
|
||||
WIN32_EXECUTABLE ON
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
if(UNIX)
|
||||
include(GNUInstallDirs)
|
||||
|
||||
set(BIN_INSTALL_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_BINDIR}")
|
||||
set(DOC_INSTALL_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR}")
|
||||
set(EXAMPLES_INSTALL_DIR "${DOC_INSTALL_DIR}/examples")
|
||||
else()
|
||||
set(BIN_INSTALL_DIR ".")
|
||||
set(DOC_INSTALL_DIR ".")
|
||||
set(EXAMPLES_INSTALL_DIR "./examples")
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
|
||||
install(TARGETS qteletextmaker
|
||||
BUNDLE DESTINATION .
|
||||
RUNTIME DESTINATION ${BIN_INSTALL_DIR}
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
install(FILES
|
||||
${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/README.md
|
||||
${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/LICENSE
|
||||
DESTINATION ${DOC_INSTALL_DIR}
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
install(DIRECTORY
|
||||
${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/examples/
|
||||
DESTINATION ${EXAMPLES_INSTALL_DIR}
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
qt_generate_deploy_app_script(
|
||||
TARGET qteletextmaker
|
||||
FILENAME_VARIABLE deploy_script
|
||||
NO_UNSUPPORTED_PLATFORM_ERROR
|
||||
)
|
||||
install(SCRIPT ${deploy_script})
|
||||
20
README.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
# QTeletextMaker
|
||||
QTeletextMaker is a teletext page editor with an emphasis on Level 2.5 enhancement editing, released under the GNU General Public License v3.0
|
||||
|
||||
It is written in C++ using the Qt 5 widget libraries but should also compile with Qt 6.
|
||||
It is written in C++ using the Qt 6 widget libraries.
|
||||
|
||||
Features
|
||||
- Load and save teletext pages in .tti format.
|
||||
- Rendering of teletext pages in Levels 1, 1.5, 2.5 and 3.5
|
||||
- Rendering of Local Objects and side panels.
|
||||
- Import and export of single pages in .t42 format.
|
||||
- Export PNG images of teletext pages.
|
||||
- Export PNG and animated GIF images of teletext pages.
|
||||
- Undo and redo of editing actions.
|
||||
- Interactive X/26 Local Enhancement Data triplet editor.
|
||||
- Editing of X/27/4 and X/27/5 compositional links to enhancement data pages.
|
||||
@@ -16,15 +16,23 @@ Features
|
||||
- Configurable zoom.
|
||||
- View teletext pages in 4:3, 16:9 pillar-box and 16:9 stretch aspect ratios.
|
||||
|
||||
Although designed on and developed for Linux, the Qt libraries are cross platform so a Windows executable can be built. A Windows executable can be found within the "Releases" link, compiled on a Linux host using [MXE](https://github.com/mxe/mxe) based on [these instructions](https://blog.8bitbuddhism.com/2018/08/22/cross-compiling-windows-applications-with-mxe/). After MXE is installed `make qtbase` should build and install the required dependencies to build QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
Although designed on and developed for Linux, the Qt libraries are cross platform so a Windows executable can be built. A Windows executable can be found within the "Releases" link, compiled on a Linux host using [MXE](https://github.com/mxe/mxe) based on [these instructions](https://web.archive.org/web/20230606021352/https://blog.8bitbuddhism.com/2018/08/22/cross-compiling-windows-applications-with-mxe/). After MXE is installed `make qt6-qtbase` should build and install the required dependencies to build QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
|
||||
## Building
|
||||
### Linux
|
||||
Install version 5 or 6 of the QtCore, QtGui and QtWidgets libraries and build headers, along with the qmake tool. Depending on how qmake is installed, type `qmake && make -j3` or `qmake5 && make -j3` or `qmake6 && make -j3` in a terminal to build, you can replace -j3 with the number of processor cores used for the compile process.
|
||||
Install version 6 of the QtCore, QtGui and QtWidgets libraries and build headers, along with CMake.
|
||||
|
||||
The above should place the qteletextmaker executable in the same directory as the source, type `./qteletextmaker` in the terminal to launch. Some Qt installs may place the executable into a "release" directory.
|
||||
Change into the source directory and run the following commands. -j8 can be replaced with the number of processor cores used for the compile process
|
||||
```
|
||||
mkdir build
|
||||
cd build
|
||||
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release ..
|
||||
make -j8
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, type `make install` afterwards to place the executable into /usr/local/bin.
|
||||
The above should place the qteletextmaker executable into the build directory created by the above commands. Within the build directory type `./qteletextmaker` in the terminal to launch.
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, type `cmake --install .` to place the executable into /usr/local/bin and the example .tti files into /usr/local/share/doc/qteletextmaker.
|
||||
|
||||
## Current limitations
|
||||
The following X/26 enhancement triplets are not rendered by the editor, although the list is fully aware of them.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@ PS,8000
|
||||
CT,8,T
|
||||
OL,26,@iD@@kfjD@@kfkD@@kflD@@kfmD@@kfnD@@kfoD@
|
||||
OL,26,A@kfpD@@kfqD@@kfrD@@kfsD@@kftD@@kfuD@@kf
|
||||
OL,26,BvD@@kfwD@@kfxD@@kfxD@@kfyD@@kfzD@@kf{D@
|
||||
OL,26,C@kf|D@@kf}D@@kf~D@@kfD@@kfCCCC
|
||||
OL,26,BvD@@kfwD@@kfxD@@kfyD@@kfzD@@kf{D@@kf|D@
|
||||
OL,26,C@kf}D@@kf~D@@kfD@@kfCCCCCC
|
||||
OL,1, Active Position across every row
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
|
||||
QT += widgets
|
||||
requires(qtConfig(filedialog))
|
||||
|
||||
HEADERS = decode.h \
|
||||
document.h \
|
||||
hamming.h \
|
||||
keymap.h \
|
||||
levelonecommands.h \
|
||||
levelonepage.h \
|
||||
loadsave.h \
|
||||
mainwidget.h \
|
||||
mainwindow.h \
|
||||
pagebase.h \
|
||||
pagex26base.h \
|
||||
pagecomposelinksdockwidget.h \
|
||||
pageenhancementsdockwidget.h \
|
||||
pageoptionsdockwidget.h \
|
||||
palettedockwidget.h \
|
||||
render.h \
|
||||
x26commands.h \
|
||||
x26dockwidget.h \
|
||||
x26model.h \
|
||||
x26triplets.h
|
||||
SOURCES = decode.cpp \
|
||||
document.cpp \
|
||||
levelonecommands.cpp \
|
||||
levelonepage.cpp \
|
||||
loadsave.cpp \
|
||||
main.cpp \
|
||||
mainwidget.cpp \
|
||||
mainwindow.cpp \
|
||||
pagebase.cpp \
|
||||
pagex26base.cpp \
|
||||
pagecomposelinksdockwidget.cpp \
|
||||
pageenhancementsdockwidget.cpp \
|
||||
pageoptionsdockwidget.cpp \
|
||||
palettedockwidget.cpp \
|
||||
render.cpp \
|
||||
x26commands.cpp \
|
||||
x26dockwidget.cpp \
|
||||
x26model.cpp \
|
||||
x26triplets.cpp
|
||||
RESOURCES = qteletextmaker.qrc
|
||||
|
||||
# install
|
||||
target.path = /usr/local/bin
|
||||
INSTALLS += target
|
||||
7
src/qteletextdecoder/CMakeLists.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
file (GLOB SOURCES *.cpp)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(qteletextdecoder ${SOURCES} teletextfonts.qrc)
|
||||
|
||||
target_include_directories(qteletextdecoder PUBLIC ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
|
||||
|
||||
target_link_libraries(qteletextdecoder Qt::Widgets)
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -169,7 +169,8 @@ TeletextPageDecode::TeletextPageDecode()
|
||||
m_rowHeight[r] = NormalHeight;
|
||||
for (int c=0; c<72; c++) {
|
||||
if (c < 40) {
|
||||
m_cellLevel1Mosaic[r][c] = false;
|
||||
m_cellLevel1MosaicAttr[r][c] = false;
|
||||
m_cellLevel1MosaicChar[r][c] = false;
|
||||
m_cellLevel1CharSet[r][c] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_refresh[r][c] = true;
|
||||
@@ -723,13 +724,18 @@ void TeletextPageDecode::decodeRow(int r)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Level 1 character
|
||||
if (c < 40) {
|
||||
m_cellLevel1CharSet[r][c] = level1CharSet;
|
||||
m_cellLevel1MosaicAttr[r][c] = level1Mosaics;
|
||||
// Set to true on mosaic CHARACTER - not on blast through alphanumerics
|
||||
m_cellLevel1MosaicChar[r][c] = level1Mosaics && (m_levelOnePage->character(r, c) & 0x20);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (c < 40 && m_rowHeight[r] != BottomHalf) {
|
||||
m_level1ActivePainter.result.character.diacritical = 0;
|
||||
if (m_levelOnePage->character(r, c) >= 0x20) {
|
||||
m_level1ActivePainter.result.character.code = m_levelOnePage->character(r, c);
|
||||
// Set to true on mosaic character - not on blast through alphanumerics
|
||||
m_cellLevel1Mosaic[r][c] = level1Mosaics && (m_levelOnePage->character(r, c) & 0x20);
|
||||
if (m_cellLevel1Mosaic[r][c]) {
|
||||
if (m_cellLevel1MosaicChar[r][c]) {
|
||||
m_level1ActivePainter.result.character.set = 24 + (level1SeparatedMosaics || m_level1ActivePainter.attribute.display.underlineSeparated);
|
||||
level1HoldMosaicCharacter = m_levelOnePage->character(r, c);
|
||||
level1HoldMosaicSeparated = level1SeparatedMosaics;
|
||||
@@ -743,9 +749,6 @@ void TeletextPageDecode::decodeRow(int r)
|
||||
// In side panel or on bottom half of Level 1 double height row, no Level 1 characters here
|
||||
m_level1ActivePainter.result.character = { 0x20, 0, 0 };
|
||||
|
||||
if (c < 40)
|
||||
m_cellLevel1CharSet[r][c] = level1CharSet;
|
||||
|
||||
// X/26 characters
|
||||
|
||||
// Used to track if character was placed by X/26 data
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -64,7 +64,8 @@ public:
|
||||
bool cellItalic(int r, int c) const { return m_cell[r][c].attribute.style.italic; };
|
||||
bool cellProportional(int r, int c) const { return m_cell[r][c].attribute.style.proportional; };
|
||||
|
||||
bool level1MosaicAttribute(int r, int c) const { return m_cellLevel1Mosaic[r][c]; };
|
||||
bool level1MosaicAttr(int r, int c) const { return m_cellLevel1MosaicAttr[r][c]; };
|
||||
bool level1MosaicChar(int r, int c) const { return m_cellLevel1MosaicChar[r][c]; };
|
||||
int level1CharSet(int r, int c) const { return m_cellLevel1CharSet[r][c]; };
|
||||
|
||||
RowHeight rowHeight(int r) const { return m_rowHeight[r]; };
|
||||
@@ -261,7 +262,8 @@ private:
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_refresh[25][72];
|
||||
textCell m_cell[25][72];
|
||||
bool m_cellLevel1Mosaic[25][40];
|
||||
bool m_cellLevel1MosaicAttr[25][40];
|
||||
bool m_cellLevel1MosaicChar[25][40];
|
||||
int m_cellLevel1CharSet[25][40];
|
||||
LevelOnePage* m_levelOnePage;
|
||||
int m_fullRowColour[25];
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 7.9 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 7.9 KiB |
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QBitmap>
|
||||
#include <QColor>
|
||||
#include <QDir>
|
||||
#include <QImage>
|
||||
#include <QPainter>
|
||||
#include <QPixmap>
|
||||
@@ -34,8 +35,10 @@ QImage *TeletextFontBitmap::s_fontImage = nullptr;
|
||||
|
||||
TeletextFontBitmap::TeletextFontBitmap()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_INIT_RESOURCE(teletextfonts);
|
||||
|
||||
if (s_instances == 0) {
|
||||
s_fontBitmap = new QBitmap(":/images/teletextfont.png");
|
||||
s_fontBitmap = new QBitmap(":/fontimages/teletextfont.png");
|
||||
s_fontImage = new QImage(s_fontBitmap->toImage());
|
||||
}
|
||||
s_instances++;
|
||||
@@ -57,7 +60,7 @@ TeletextPageRender::TeletextPageRender()
|
||||
m_pageImage[i] = new QImage(864, 250, QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied);
|
||||
|
||||
m_reveal = false;
|
||||
m_mix = false;
|
||||
m_renderMode = RenderNormal;
|
||||
m_showControlCodes = false;
|
||||
m_flashBuffersHz = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -223,6 +226,13 @@ inline void TeletextPageRender::drawBoldOrItalicCharacter(QPainter &painter, int
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextPageRender::renderPage(bool force)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_renderMode == RenderWhiteOnBlack) {
|
||||
m_foregroundQColor = Qt::white;
|
||||
m_backgroundQColor = Qt::black;
|
||||
} else if (m_renderMode == RenderBlackOnWhite) {
|
||||
m_foregroundQColor = Qt::black;
|
||||
m_backgroundQColor = Qt::white;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int r=0; r<25; r++)
|
||||
renderRow(r, 0, force);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -250,9 +260,11 @@ void TeletextPageRender::renderRow(int r, int ph, bool force)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ph == 0) {
|
||||
// Second part of "if" suppresses all flashing on monochrome render modes
|
||||
if (ph == 0 && m_renderMode < RenderWhiteOnBlack) {
|
||||
if (m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) != 0)
|
||||
flashingRow = qMax(flashingRow, (m_decoder->cellFlashRatePhase(r, c) == 0) ? 1 : 2);
|
||||
// } else if (!force)
|
||||
} else
|
||||
force = m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) != 0;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -275,36 +287,38 @@ void TeletextPageRender::renderRow(int r, int ph, bool force)
|
||||
characterDiacritical = m_decoder->cellCharacterDiacritical(r, c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 0)
|
||||
m_foregroundQColor = m_decoder->cellForegroundQColor(r, c);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// Flashing cell, decide if phase in this cycle is on or off
|
||||
bool phaseOn;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_decoder->cellFlashRatePhase(r, c) == 0)
|
||||
phaseOn = (ph < 3) ^ (m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 2);
|
||||
else
|
||||
phaseOn = ((ph == m_decoder->cellFlash2HzPhaseNumber(r, c)-1) || (ph == m_decoder->cellFlash2HzPhaseNumber(r, c)+2)) ^ (m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 2);
|
||||
|
||||
// If flashing to adjacent CLUT select the appropriate foreground colour
|
||||
if (m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 3 && !phaseOn)
|
||||
m_foregroundQColor = m_decoder->cellFlashForegroundQColor(r, c);
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (m_renderMode < RenderWhiteOnBlack) {
|
||||
if (m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 0)
|
||||
m_foregroundQColor = m_decoder->cellForegroundQColor(r, c);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// Flashing cell, decide if phase in this cycle is on or off
|
||||
bool phaseOn;
|
||||
|
||||
// If flashing mode is Normal or Invert, draw a space instead of a character on phase
|
||||
if ((m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 1 || m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 2) && !phaseOn) {
|
||||
// Character 0x00 draws space without underline
|
||||
characterCode = 0x00;
|
||||
characterSet = 0;
|
||||
characterDiacritical = 0;
|
||||
if (m_decoder->cellFlashRatePhase(r, c) == 0)
|
||||
phaseOn = (ph < 3) ^ (m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 2);
|
||||
else
|
||||
phaseOn = ((ph == m_decoder->cellFlash2HzPhaseNumber(r, c)-1) || (ph == m_decoder->cellFlash2HzPhaseNumber(r, c)+2)) ^ (m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 2);
|
||||
|
||||
// If flashing to adjacent CLUT select the appropriate foreground colour
|
||||
if (m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 3 && !phaseOn)
|
||||
m_foregroundQColor = m_decoder->cellFlashForegroundQColor(r, c);
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_foregroundQColor = m_decoder->cellForegroundQColor(r, c);
|
||||
|
||||
// If flashing mode is Normal or Invert, draw a space instead of a character on phase
|
||||
if ((m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 1 || m_decoder->cellFlashMode(r, c) == 2) && !phaseOn) {
|
||||
// Character 0x00 draws space without underline
|
||||
characterCode = 0x00;
|
||||
characterSet = 0;
|
||||
characterDiacritical = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_mix || m_decoder->cellBoxed(r, c))
|
||||
m_backgroundQColor = m_decoder->cellBackgroundQColor(r, c);
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_backgroundQColor = Qt::transparent;
|
||||
if (m_renderMode != RenderMix || m_decoder->cellBoxed(r, c))
|
||||
m_backgroundQColor = m_decoder->cellBackgroundQColor(r, c);
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_backgroundQColor = Qt::transparent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
drawCharacter(painter, r, c, characterCode, characterSet, characterDiacritical, m_decoder->cellCharacterFragment(r, c));
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -436,17 +450,16 @@ void TeletextPageRender::setReveal(bool reveal)
|
||||
m_decoder->setRefresh(r, c, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextPageRender::setMix(bool mix)
|
||||
void TeletextPageRender::setRenderMode(RenderMode renderMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (mix == m_mix)
|
||||
if (renderMode == m_renderMode)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_mix = mix;
|
||||
m_renderMode = renderMode;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int r=0; r<25; r++)
|
||||
for (int c=0; c<72; c++)
|
||||
if (!m_decoder->cellBoxed(r, c))
|
||||
m_decoder->setRefresh(r, c, true);
|
||||
m_decoder->setRefresh(r, c, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QBitmap>
|
||||
#include <QColor>
|
||||
#include <QIcon>
|
||||
#include <QImage>
|
||||
#include <QPixmap>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -33,8 +34,9 @@ public:
|
||||
TeletextFontBitmap();
|
||||
~TeletextFontBitmap();
|
||||
|
||||
QBitmap *rawBitmap() const { return s_fontBitmap; }
|
||||
QImage *image() const { return s_fontImage; }
|
||||
QPixmap charBitmap(int c, int s) const { return s_fontBitmap->copy((c-32)*12, s*10, 12, 10); }
|
||||
QIcon charIcon(int c, int s) const { return QIcon(charBitmap(c, s)); }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
static int s_instances;
|
||||
@@ -47,11 +49,13 @@ class TeletextPageRender : public QObject
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum RenderMode { RenderNormal, RenderMix, RenderWhiteOnBlack, RenderBlackOnWhite };
|
||||
|
||||
TeletextPageRender();
|
||||
~TeletextPageRender();
|
||||
|
||||
QImage* image(int i) const { return m_pageImage[i]; };
|
||||
bool mix() const { return m_mix; };
|
||||
RenderMode renderMode() const { return m_renderMode; };
|
||||
void setDecoder(TeletextPageDecode *decoder);
|
||||
void renderPage(bool force=false);
|
||||
bool showControlCodes() const { return m_showControlCodes; };
|
||||
@@ -59,7 +63,7 @@ public:
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
void colourChanged(int index);
|
||||
void setReveal(bool reveal);
|
||||
void setMix(bool mix);
|
||||
void setRenderMode(RenderMode renderMode);
|
||||
void setShowControlCodes(bool showControlCodes);
|
||||
|
||||
signals:
|
||||
@@ -69,7 +73,8 @@ protected:
|
||||
TeletextFontBitmap m_fontBitmap;
|
||||
QImage* m_pageImage[6];
|
||||
unsigned char m_controlCodeCache[25][40];
|
||||
bool m_reveal, m_mix, m_showControlCodes;
|
||||
RenderMode m_renderMode;
|
||||
bool m_reveal, m_showControlCodes;
|
||||
int m_flashBuffersHz;
|
||||
int m_flashingRow[25];
|
||||
|
||||
5
src/qteletextdecoder/teletextfonts.qrc
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE RCC><RCC version="1.0">
|
||||
<qresource>
|
||||
<file>fontimages/teletextfont.png</file>
|
||||
</qresource>
|
||||
</RCC>
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -74,6 +74,10 @@ void X26TripletList::updateInternalData()
|
||||
ActivePosition activePosition;
|
||||
X26Triplet *triplet;
|
||||
|
||||
m_objects[0].clear();
|
||||
m_objects[1].clear();
|
||||
m_objects[2].clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// Check for errors, and fill in where the Active Position goes for Level 2.5 and above
|
||||
for (int i=0; i < m_list.size(); i++) {
|
||||
triplet = &m_list[i];
|
||||
@@ -140,6 +144,7 @@ void X26TripletList::updateInternalData()
|
||||
case 0x15: // Define Active Object
|
||||
case 0x16: // Define Adaptive Object
|
||||
case 0x17: // Define Passive Object
|
||||
m_objects[triplet->modeExt() - 0x15].append(i);
|
||||
activePosition.reset();
|
||||
// Make sure data field holds correct place of triplet
|
||||
// otherwise the object won't appear
|
||||
@@ -233,11 +238,18 @@ void X26TripletList::updateInternalData()
|
||||
case 0x22: // G3 mosaic character at level 1.5
|
||||
case 0x2f: // G2 character
|
||||
activePosition.setColumn(triplet->addressColumn());
|
||||
|
||||
if (activePosition.row() != triplet->m_activePositionRow || activePosition.column() != triplet->m_activePositionColumn)
|
||||
triplet->m_activePosition1p5Differs = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (triplet->modeExt() >= 0x30 && triplet->modeExt() <= 0x3f)
|
||||
if (triplet->modeExt() >= 0x30 && triplet->modeExt() <= 0x3f) {
|
||||
// G0 diacritical mark
|
||||
activePosition.setColumn(triplet->addressColumn());
|
||||
|
||||
if (activePosition.row() != triplet->m_activePositionRow || activePosition.column() != triplet->m_activePositionColumn)
|
||||
triplet->m_activePosition1p5Differs = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
triplet->m_activePositionRow1p5 = activePosition.row();
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ public:
|
||||
X26TripletError error() const { return m_error; }
|
||||
bool reservedMode() const { return m_reservedMode; }
|
||||
bool reservedData() const { return m_reservedData; }
|
||||
bool activePosition1p5Differs() const { return m_activePosition1p5Differs; }
|
||||
|
||||
friend class X26TripletList;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -77,6 +78,7 @@ private:
|
||||
int m_activePositionColumn = -1;
|
||||
int m_activePositionRow1p5 = -1;
|
||||
int m_activePositionColumn1p5 = -1;
|
||||
bool m_activePosition1p5Differs = false;
|
||||
X26TripletError m_error = NoError;
|
||||
bool m_reservedMode = false;
|
||||
bool m_reservedData = false;
|
||||
@@ -96,11 +98,13 @@ public:
|
||||
bool isEmpty() const { return m_list.isEmpty(); }
|
||||
void reserve(int alloc) { m_list.reserve(alloc); }
|
||||
int size() const { return m_list.size(); }
|
||||
const QList<int> &objects(int t) const { return m_objects[t]; };
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void updateInternalData();
|
||||
|
||||
QList<X26Triplet> m_list;
|
||||
QList<int> m_objects[3];
|
||||
|
||||
class ActivePosition
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE RCC><RCC version="1.0">
|
||||
<qresource>
|
||||
<file>images/teletextfont.png</file>
|
||||
<file>images/copy.png</file>
|
||||
<file>images/cut.png</file>
|
||||
<file>images/new.png</file>
|
||||
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 852 B After Width: | Height: | Size: 852 B |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 2.0 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.0 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 1.6 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.6 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 1.7 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.7 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 1.7 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.7 KiB |
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -21,8 +21,10 @@
|
||||
#include <QByteArray>
|
||||
#include <QByteArrayList>
|
||||
#include <QClipboard>
|
||||
#include <QImage>
|
||||
#include <QMimeData>
|
||||
#include <QRegularExpression>
|
||||
#include <QSet>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "levelonecommands.h"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -38,13 +40,10 @@ LevelOneCommand::LevelOneCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, QUndoComman
|
||||
m_firstDo = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
StoreOldCharactersCommand::StoreOldCharactersCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
QByteArrayList LevelOneCommand::storeCharacters(int topRow, int leftColumn, int bottomRow, int rightColumn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
QByteArrayList result;
|
||||
|
||||
void StoreOldCharactersCommand::storeOldCharacters(int topRow, int leftColumn, int bottomRow, int rightColumn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int r=topRow; r<=bottomRow; r++) {
|
||||
QByteArray rowArray;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -57,12 +56,17 @@ void StoreOldCharactersCommand::storeOldCharacters(int topRow, int leftColumn, i
|
||||
// Not sure if this is really necessary as out-of-bounds access might not occur?
|
||||
rowArray.append(0x7f);
|
||||
|
||||
m_oldCharacters.append(rowArray);
|
||||
result.append(rowArray);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StoreOldCharactersCommand::retrieveOldCharacters(int topRow, int leftColumn, int bottomRow, int rightColumn)
|
||||
void LevelOneCommand::retrieveCharacters(int topRow, int leftColumn, const QByteArrayList &storedChars)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int bottomRow = topRow + storedChars.size() - 1;
|
||||
const int rightColumn = leftColumn + storedChars.at(0).size() - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
int arrayR = 0;
|
||||
int arrayC;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -71,7 +75,7 @@ void StoreOldCharactersCommand::retrieveOldCharacters(int topRow, int leftColumn
|
||||
for (int c=leftColumn; c<=rightColumn; c++)
|
||||
// Guard against size of pasted block going beyond last line or column
|
||||
if (r < 25 && c < 40) {
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setCharacter(r, c, m_oldCharacters[arrayR].at(arrayC));
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setCharacter(r, c, storedChars.at(arrayR).at(arrayC));
|
||||
|
||||
arrayC++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -148,12 +152,19 @@ bool TypeCharacterCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
ToggleMosaicBitCommand::ToggleMosaicBitCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, unsigned char bitToToggle, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldCharacter = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->character(m_row, m_column);
|
||||
|
||||
if (bitToToggle == 0x20 || bitToToggle == 0x7f)
|
||||
// Clear or fill the whole mosaic character
|
||||
m_newCharacter = bitToToggle;
|
||||
else if (bitToToggle == 0x66)
|
||||
// Dither
|
||||
m_newCharacter = (m_row & 1) ? 0x66 : 0x39;
|
||||
else
|
||||
else if (m_oldCharacter & 0x20)
|
||||
// Previous character was mosaic, just toggle the bit(s)
|
||||
m_newCharacter = m_oldCharacter ^ bitToToggle;
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Previous character was blast-through, change to mosaic and set bit alone
|
||||
m_newCharacter = bitToToggle | 0x20;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("mosaic"));
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -308,6 +319,188 @@ bool DeleteKeyCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ShiftMosaicsCommand::ShiftMosaicsCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_selectionTopRow = m_teletextDocument->selectionTopRow();
|
||||
m_selectionLeftColumn = m_teletextDocument->selectionLeftColumn();
|
||||
m_selectionBottomRow = m_teletextDocument->selectionBottomRow();
|
||||
m_selectionRightColumn = m_teletextDocument->selectionRightColumn();
|
||||
|
||||
m_selectionCornerRow = m_teletextDocument->selectionCornerRow();
|
||||
m_selectionCornerColumn = m_teletextDocument->selectionCornerColumn();
|
||||
|
||||
m_mosaicList = mosaicList;
|
||||
|
||||
m_oldCharacters = storeCharacters(m_selectionTopRow, m_selectionLeftColumn, m_selectionBottomRow, m_selectionRightColumn);
|
||||
m_newCharacters = m_oldCharacters;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ShiftMosaicsCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
retrieveCharacters(m_selectionTopRow, m_selectionLeftColumn, m_newCharacters);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->setSelectionCorner(m_selectionCornerRow, m_selectionCornerColumn);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->moveCursor(m_row, m_column, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ShiftMosaicsCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
retrieveCharacters(m_selectionTopRow, m_selectionLeftColumn, m_oldCharacters);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->setSelectionCorner(m_selectionCornerRow, m_selectionCornerColumn);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->moveCursor(m_row, m_column, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool ShiftMosaicsCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const ShiftMosaicsCommand *newerCommand = static_cast<const ShiftMosaicsCommand *>(command);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_subPageIndex != newerCommand->m_subPageIndex || m_selectionTopRow != newerCommand->m_selectionTopRow || m_selectionLeftColumn != newerCommand->m_selectionLeftColumn || m_selectionBottomRow != newerCommand->m_selectionBottomRow || m_selectionRightColumn != newerCommand->m_selectionRightColumn)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_newCharacters = newerCommand->m_newCharacters;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ShiftMosaicsUpCommand::ShiftMosaicsUpCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent) : ShiftMosaicsCommand(teletextDocument, mosaicList, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int r=m_selectionTopRow; r<=m_selectionBottomRow; r++)
|
||||
for (int c=m_selectionLeftColumn; c<=m_selectionRightColumn; c++)
|
||||
if (m_mosaicList.contains(qMakePair(r, c))) {
|
||||
const int lr = r - m_selectionTopRow;
|
||||
const int lc = c - m_selectionLeftColumn;
|
||||
unsigned char mosaicWrap = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int sr=r+1; sr<=m_selectionBottomRow; sr++)
|
||||
if (m_mosaicList.contains(qMakePair(sr, c))) {
|
||||
mosaicWrap = m_newCharacters[sr - m_selectionTopRow][lc];
|
||||
mosaicWrap = ((mosaicWrap & 0x01) << 4) | ((mosaicWrap & 0x02) << 5);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_newCharacters[lr][lc] = ((m_newCharacters[lr][lc] >> 2) & 0x07) | ((m_newCharacters[lr][lc] & 0x40) >> 3) | mosaicWrap | 0x20;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("shift mosaics up"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ShiftMosaicsDownCommand::ShiftMosaicsDownCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent) : ShiftMosaicsCommand(teletextDocument, mosaicList, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int r=m_selectionBottomRow; r>=m_selectionTopRow; r--)
|
||||
for (int c=m_selectionLeftColumn; c<=m_selectionRightColumn; c++)
|
||||
if (m_mosaicList.contains(qMakePair(r, c))) {
|
||||
const int lr = r - m_selectionTopRow;
|
||||
const int lc = c - m_selectionLeftColumn;
|
||||
unsigned char mosaicWrap = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int sr=r-1; sr>=m_selectionTopRow; sr--)
|
||||
if (m_mosaicList.contains(qMakePair(sr, c))) {
|
||||
mosaicWrap = m_newCharacters[sr - m_selectionTopRow][lc];
|
||||
mosaicWrap = ((mosaicWrap & 0x10) >> 4) | ((mosaicWrap & 0x40) >> 5);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_newCharacters[lr][lc] = ((m_newCharacters[lr][lc] & 0x07) << 2) | ((m_newCharacters[lr][lc] & 0x08) << 3) | mosaicWrap | 0x20;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("shift mosaics down"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ShiftMosaicsLeftCommand::ShiftMosaicsLeftCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent) : ShiftMosaicsCommand(teletextDocument, mosaicList, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int c=m_selectionLeftColumn; c<=m_selectionRightColumn; c++)
|
||||
for (int r=m_selectionTopRow; r<=m_selectionBottomRow; r++)
|
||||
if (m_mosaicList.contains(qMakePair(r, c))) {
|
||||
const int lr = r - m_selectionTopRow;
|
||||
const int lc = c - m_selectionLeftColumn;
|
||||
unsigned char mosaicWrap = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int sc=c+1; sc<=m_selectionRightColumn; sc++)
|
||||
if (m_mosaicList.contains(qMakePair(r, sc))) {
|
||||
mosaicWrap = m_newCharacters[lr][sc - m_selectionLeftColumn];
|
||||
mosaicWrap = ((mosaicWrap & 0x05) << 1) | ((mosaicWrap & 0x10) << 2);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_newCharacters[lr][lc] = ((m_newCharacters[lr][lc] & 0x0a) >> 1) | ((m_newCharacters[lr][lc] & 0x40) >> 2) | mosaicWrap | 0x20;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("shift mosaics left"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ShiftMosaicsRightCommand::ShiftMosaicsRightCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent) : ShiftMosaicsCommand(teletextDocument, mosaicList, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int c=m_selectionRightColumn; c>=m_selectionLeftColumn; c--)
|
||||
for (int r=m_selectionTopRow; r<=m_selectionBottomRow; r++)
|
||||
if (m_mosaicList.contains(qMakePair(r, c))) {
|
||||
const int lr = r - m_selectionTopRow;
|
||||
const int lc = c - m_selectionLeftColumn;
|
||||
unsigned char mosaicWrap = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int sc=c-1; sc>=m_selectionLeftColumn; sc--)
|
||||
if (m_mosaicList.contains(qMakePair(r, sc))) {
|
||||
mosaicWrap = m_newCharacters[lr][sc - m_selectionLeftColumn];
|
||||
mosaicWrap = ((mosaicWrap & 0x0a) >> 1) | ((mosaicWrap & 0x40) >> 2);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_newCharacters[lr][lc] = ((m_newCharacters[lr][lc] & 0x05) << 1) | ((m_newCharacters[lr][lc] & 0x10) << 2) | mosaicWrap | 0x20;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("shift mosaics right"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FillMosaicsCommand::FillMosaicsCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent) : ShiftMosaicsCommand(teletextDocument, mosaicList, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (const auto &m : m_mosaicList)
|
||||
m_newCharacters[m.first - m_selectionTopRow][m.second - m_selectionLeftColumn] = 0x7f;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("fill mosaics"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ClearMosaicsCommand::ClearMosaicsCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent) : ShiftMosaicsCommand(teletextDocument, mosaicList, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (const auto &m : m_mosaicList)
|
||||
m_newCharacters[m.first - m_selectionTopRow][m.second - m_selectionLeftColumn] = 0x20;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("clear mosaics"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
InvertMosaicsCommand::InvertMosaicsCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent) : ShiftMosaicsCommand(teletextDocument, mosaicList, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (const auto &m : m_mosaicList)
|
||||
m_newCharacters[m.first - m_selectionTopRow][m.second - m_selectionLeftColumn] ^= 0x5f;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("reverse mosaics"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool InvertMosaicsCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const InvertMosaicsCommand *newerCommand = static_cast<const InvertMosaicsCommand *>(command);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_subPageIndex != newerCommand->m_subPageIndex || m_selectionTopRow != newerCommand->m_selectionTopRow || m_selectionLeftColumn != newerCommand->m_selectionLeftColumn || m_selectionBottomRow != newerCommand->m_selectionBottomRow || m_selectionRightColumn != newerCommand->m_selectionRightColumn)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
setObsolete(true);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DitherMosaicsCommand::DitherMosaicsCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent) : ShiftMosaicsCommand(teletextDocument, mosaicList, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (const auto &m : m_mosaicList)
|
||||
m_newCharacters[m.first - m_selectionTopRow][m.second - m_selectionLeftColumn] = (m.first & 1) ? 0x66 : 0x39;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("dither mosaics"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
InsertRowCommand::InsertRowCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, bool copyRow, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_copyRow = copyRow;
|
||||
@@ -394,7 +587,7 @@ void DeleteRowCommand::undo()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
CutCommand::CutCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, QUndoCommand *parent) : StoreOldCharactersCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
CutCommand::CutCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_selectionTopRow = m_teletextDocument->selectionTopRow();
|
||||
m_selectionBottomRow = m_teletextDocument->selectionBottomRow();
|
||||
@@ -404,7 +597,7 @@ CutCommand::CutCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, QUndoCommand *parent)
|
||||
m_selectionCornerRow = m_teletextDocument->selectionCornerRow();
|
||||
m_selectionCornerColumn = m_teletextDocument->selectionCornerColumn();
|
||||
|
||||
storeOldCharacters(m_selectionTopRow, m_selectionLeftColumn, m_selectionBottomRow, m_selectionRightColumn);
|
||||
m_oldCharacters = storeCharacters(m_selectionTopRow, m_selectionLeftColumn, m_selectionBottomRow, m_selectionRightColumn);
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("cut"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -425,7 +618,7 @@ void CutCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
retrieveOldCharacters(m_selectionTopRow, m_selectionLeftColumn, m_selectionBottomRow, m_selectionRightColumn);
|
||||
retrieveCharacters(m_selectionTopRow, m_selectionLeftColumn, m_oldCharacters);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -434,7 +627,7 @@ void CutCommand::undo()
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PasteCommand::PasteCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int pageCharSet, QUndoCommand *parent) : StoreOldCharactersCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
PasteCommand::PasteCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int pageCharSet, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const QClipboard *clipboard = QApplication::clipboard();
|
||||
const QMimeData *mimeData = clipboard->mimeData();
|
||||
@@ -497,10 +690,8 @@ PasteCommand::PasteCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int pageCharSet,
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_selectionActive) {
|
||||
// If selection is NOT active, use the full width of the page to paste.
|
||||
// The second and subsequent lines will start at column 1, unless the
|
||||
// cursor is explicitly on column 0.
|
||||
if (m_pasteLeftColumn != 0)
|
||||
m_pasteLeftColumn = 1;
|
||||
// The second and subsequent lines will start at column 1
|
||||
m_pasteLeftColumn = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if first word in the first line will fit from the cursor position
|
||||
bool firstWordFits = true;
|
||||
@@ -607,12 +798,81 @@ PasteCommand::PasteCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int pageCharSet,
|
||||
m_pasteBottomRow = m_pasteTopRow + m_clipboardDataHeight - 1;
|
||||
m_pasteRightColumn = m_pasteLeftColumn + m_clipboardDataWidth - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (mimeData->hasImage()) {
|
||||
QImage imageData = qvariant_cast<QImage>(mimeData->imageData());
|
||||
m_plainText = false;
|
||||
// Round up when dividing pixel size into character cell size
|
||||
m_clipboardDataHeight = (imageData.height() + 2) / 3;
|
||||
m_clipboardDataWidth = (imageData.width() + 1) / 2;
|
||||
|
||||
// Format_MonoLSB reverses the bits which makes them easier to shuffle into sixels
|
||||
if (imageData.depth() == 1)
|
||||
imageData.convertTo(QImage::Format_MonoLSB);
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Only pure black and white images convert reliably this way...
|
||||
imageData = imageData.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_MonoLSB, QVector<QRgb>{0x000000ff, 0xffffffff});
|
||||
|
||||
for (int r=0; r<m_clipboardDataHeight; r++)
|
||||
m_pastingCharacters.append(QByteArray(m_clipboardDataWidth, 0x00));
|
||||
|
||||
// Directly read the pixel-bits and convert them to sixels with some funky bit manipulation
|
||||
for (int y=0; y<imageData.height(); y++) {
|
||||
const unsigned char *bytePointer = imageData.constScanLine(y);
|
||||
// Three rows of sixels per character cell
|
||||
const int r = y / 3;
|
||||
// Where to shuffle the bits into the top, middle or bottom row of sixels
|
||||
// Yes it does put the bottom right sixel into bit 5 instead of bit 6;
|
||||
// this gets remedied further on
|
||||
const int yShift = (y % 3) * 2;
|
||||
// The loop does eight horizontal pixels into four character cells at a time
|
||||
for (int x=0; x<imageData.width(); x+=8) {
|
||||
const unsigned char byteScanned = *bytePointer;
|
||||
const int c = x / 2;
|
||||
|
||||
m_pastingCharacters[r][c] = m_pastingCharacters[r][c] | ((byteScanned & 0x03) << yShift);
|
||||
// Since we're doing four character cells at a time, we need to exit the loop
|
||||
// early before we go out of bounds.
|
||||
// Yes it does leave an undefined last column of sixels from images that are an
|
||||
// odd numbered number of pixels wide; this gets remedied further on
|
||||
if (x + 2 >= imageData.width())
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
m_pastingCharacters[r][c+1] = m_pastingCharacters[r][c+1] | (((byteScanned >> 2) & 0x03) << yShift);
|
||||
if (x + 4 >= imageData.width())
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
m_pastingCharacters[r][c+2] = m_pastingCharacters[r][c+2] | (((byteScanned >> 4) & 0x03) << yShift);
|
||||
if (x + 6 >= imageData.width())
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
m_pastingCharacters[r][c+3] = m_pastingCharacters[r][c+3] | (((byteScanned >> 6) & 0x03) << yShift);
|
||||
|
||||
bytePointer++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (int r=0; r<m_clipboardDataHeight; r++) {
|
||||
for (int c=0; c<m_clipboardDataWidth; c++)
|
||||
if (m_pastingCharacters.at(r).at(c) & 0x20)
|
||||
// If bit 5 was set, correct this to bit 6
|
||||
// but we keep bit 5 set as all mosaic characters have bit 5 set
|
||||
m_pastingCharacters[r][c] = m_pastingCharacters.at(r).at(c) | 0x40;
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Set bit 5 to have it recognised as a mosaic character
|
||||
m_pastingCharacters[r][c] = m_pastingCharacters.at(r).at(c) | 0x20;
|
||||
// If image was an odd numbered width, neutralise the undefined sixels
|
||||
// on the right half
|
||||
if (imageData.width() & 0x01)
|
||||
m_pastingCharacters[r][m_clipboardDataWidth-1] = m_pastingCharacters.at(r).at(m_clipboardDataWidth-1) & 0x35;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_selectionActive) {
|
||||
m_pasteBottomRow = m_row + m_clipboardDataHeight - 1;
|
||||
m_pasteRightColumn = m_column + m_clipboardDataWidth - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_clipboardDataWidth == 0 || m_clipboardDataHeight == 0)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
storeOldCharacters(m_pasteTopRow, m_pasteLeftColumn, m_pasteBottomRow, m_pasteRightColumn);
|
||||
m_oldCharacters = storeCharacters(m_pasteTopRow, m_pasteLeftColumn, m_pasteBottomRow, m_pasteRightColumn);
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("paste"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -678,7 +938,7 @@ void PasteCommand::undo()
|
||||
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
retrieveOldCharacters(m_pasteTopRow, m_pasteLeftColumn, m_pasteBottomRow, m_pasteRightColumn);
|
||||
retrieveCharacters(m_pasteTopRow, m_pasteLeftColumn, m_oldCharacters);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -729,219 +989,3 @@ void DeleteSubPageCommand::undo()
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->unDeleteSubPageFromRecycle(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetFullScreenColourCommand::SetFullScreenColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldColour = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->defaultScreenColour();
|
||||
m_newColour = newColour;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("full screen colour"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetFullScreenColourCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setDefaultScreenColour(m_newColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetFullScreenColourCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setDefaultScreenColour(m_oldColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetFullScreenColourCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SetFullScreenColourCommand *newerCommand = static_cast<const SetFullScreenColourCommand *>(command);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_subPageIndex != newerCommand->m_subPageIndex)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_newColour = newerCommand->m_newColour;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetFullRowColourCommand::SetFullRowColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldColour = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->defaultRowColour();
|
||||
m_newColour = newColour;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("full row colour"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetFullRowColourCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setDefaultRowColour(m_newColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetFullRowColourCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setDefaultRowColour(m_oldColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetFullRowColourCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SetFullRowColourCommand *newerCommand = static_cast<const SetFullRowColourCommand *>(command);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_subPageIndex != newerCommand->m_subPageIndex)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_newColour = newerCommand->m_newColour;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetCLUTRemapCommand::SetCLUTRemapCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newMap, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldMap = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->colourTableRemap();
|
||||
m_newMap = newMap;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("CLUT remapping"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetCLUTRemapCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setColourTableRemap(m_newMap);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetCLUTRemapCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setColourTableRemap(m_oldMap);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetCLUTRemapCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SetCLUTRemapCommand *newerCommand = static_cast<const SetCLUTRemapCommand *>(command);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_subPageIndex != newerCommand->m_subPageIndex)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_newMap = newerCommand->m_newMap;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand::SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, bool newSub, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldSub = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->blackBackgroundSubst();
|
||||
m_newSub = newSub;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("black background substitution"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setBlackBackgroundSubst(m_newSub);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setBlackBackgroundSubst(m_oldSub);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand *newerCommand = static_cast<const SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand *>(command);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_subPageIndex != newerCommand->m_subPageIndex)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
setObsolete(true);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetColourCommand::SetColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int colourIndex, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_colourIndex = colourIndex;
|
||||
m_oldColour = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->CLUT(colourIndex);
|
||||
m_newColour = newColour;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("colour change"));
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetColourCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setCLUT(m_colourIndex, m_newColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->colourChanged(m_colourIndex);
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetColourCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setCLUT(m_colourIndex, m_oldColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->colourChanged(m_colourIndex);
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ResetCLUTCommand::ResetCLUTCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int colourTable, QUndoCommand *parent) : LevelOneCommand(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_colourTable = colourTable;
|
||||
for (int i=m_colourTable*8; i<m_colourTable*8+8; i++)
|
||||
m_oldColourEntry[i&7] = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->CLUT(i);
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("CLUT %1 reset").arg(m_colourTable));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ResetCLUTCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
for (int i=m_colourTable*8; i<m_colourTable*8+8; i++) {
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setCLUT(i, m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->CLUT(i, 0));
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->colourChanged(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ResetCLUTCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
for (int i=m_colourTable*8; i<m_colourTable*8+8; i++) {
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setCLUT(i, m_oldColourEntry[i&7]);
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->colourChanged(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
|
||||
#define LEVELONECOMMANDS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QByteArrayList>
|
||||
#include <QSet>
|
||||
#include <QUndoCommand>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "document.h"
|
||||
@@ -31,23 +32,14 @@ public:
|
||||
LevelOneCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
QByteArrayList storeCharacters(int topRow, int leftColumn, int bottomRow, int rightColumn);
|
||||
void retrieveCharacters(int topRow, int leftColumn, const QByteArrayList &oldChars);
|
||||
|
||||
TeletextDocument *m_teletextDocument;
|
||||
int m_subPageIndex, m_row, m_column;
|
||||
bool m_firstDo;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class StoreOldCharactersCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
StoreOldCharactersCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void storeOldCharacters(int topRow, int leftColumn, int bottomRow, int rightColumn);
|
||||
void retrieveOldCharacters(int topRow, int leftColumn, int bottomRow, int rightColumn);
|
||||
|
||||
QByteArrayList m_oldCharacters;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class TypeCharacterCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
@@ -116,6 +108,103 @@ private:
|
||||
unsigned char m_oldRowContents[40], m_newRowContents[40];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ShiftMosaicsCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
ShiftMosaicsCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command) override;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
QByteArrayList m_oldCharacters, m_newCharacters;
|
||||
QSet<QPair<int, int>> m_mosaicList;
|
||||
int m_selectionTopRow, m_selectionBottomRow, m_selectionLeftColumn, m_selectionRightColumn;
|
||||
int m_selectionCornerRow, m_selectionCornerColumn;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ShiftMosaicsUpCommand : public ShiftMosaicsCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 110 };
|
||||
|
||||
ShiftMosaicsUpCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ShiftMosaicsDownCommand : public ShiftMosaicsCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 111 };
|
||||
|
||||
ShiftMosaicsDownCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ShiftMosaicsLeftCommand : public ShiftMosaicsCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 112 };
|
||||
|
||||
ShiftMosaicsLeftCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ShiftMosaicsRightCommand : public ShiftMosaicsCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 113 };
|
||||
|
||||
ShiftMosaicsRightCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class FillMosaicsCommand : public ShiftMosaicsCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 120 };
|
||||
|
||||
FillMosaicsCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ClearMosaicsCommand : public ShiftMosaicsCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 121 };
|
||||
|
||||
ClearMosaicsCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class InvertMosaicsCommand : public ShiftMosaicsCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 122 };
|
||||
|
||||
InvertMosaicsCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command) override;
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class DitherMosaicsCommand : public ShiftMosaicsCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 123 };
|
||||
|
||||
DitherMosaicsCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, const QSet<QPair<int, int>> &mosaicList, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class InsertSubPageCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
@@ -164,7 +253,7 @@ private:
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
class CutCommand : public StoreOldCharactersCommand
|
||||
class CutCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
CutCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
@@ -173,11 +262,12 @@ public:
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QByteArrayList m_oldCharacters;
|
||||
int m_selectionTopRow, m_selectionBottomRow, m_selectionLeftColumn, m_selectionRightColumn;
|
||||
int m_selectionCornerRow, m_selectionCornerColumn;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class PasteCommand : public StoreOldCharactersCommand
|
||||
class PasteCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
PasteCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int pageCharSet, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
@@ -186,7 +276,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QByteArrayList m_pastingCharacters;
|
||||
QByteArrayList m_oldCharacters, m_pastingCharacters;
|
||||
int m_pasteTopRow, m_pasteBottomRow, m_pasteLeftColumn, m_pasteRightColumn;
|
||||
int m_clipboardDataHeight, m_clipboardDataWidth;
|
||||
int m_selectionCornerRow, m_selectionCornerColumn;
|
||||
@@ -194,93 +284,4 @@ private:
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif // !QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
|
||||
class SetFullScreenColourCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 105 };
|
||||
|
||||
SetFullScreenColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command) override;
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_oldColour, m_newColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class SetFullRowColourCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 106 };
|
||||
|
||||
SetFullRowColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command) override;
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_oldColour, m_newColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class SetCLUTRemapCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 107 };
|
||||
|
||||
SetCLUTRemapCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newMap, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command) override;
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_oldMap, m_newMap;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 108 };
|
||||
|
||||
SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, bool newSub, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command) override;
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_oldSub, m_newSub;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class SetColourCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
SetColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int colourIndex, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_colourIndex, m_oldColour, m_newColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ResetCLUTCommand : public LevelOneCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
ResetCLUTCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int colourTable, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_colourTable;
|
||||
int m_oldColourEntry[8];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qteletextmaker);
|
||||
Q_INIT_RESOURCE(actionicons);
|
||||
QApplication app(argc, argv);
|
||||
QApplication::setApplicationName("QTeletextMaker");
|
||||
QApplication::setApplicationDisplayName(QApplication::applicationName());
|
||||
QApplication::setOrganizationName("gkmac.co.uk");
|
||||
QApplication::setOrganizationDomain("gkmac.co.uk");
|
||||
QApplication::setApplicationVersion("0.6.3-beta");
|
||||
QApplication::setApplicationVersion("0.7-beta");
|
||||
QCommandLineParser parser;
|
||||
parser.setApplicationDescription(QApplication::applicationName());
|
||||
parser.addHelpOption();
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -26,11 +26,13 @@
|
||||
#include <QGraphicsProxyWidget>
|
||||
#include <QGraphicsScene>
|
||||
#include <QGraphicsSceneEvent>
|
||||
#include <QImage>
|
||||
#include <QKeyEvent>
|
||||
#include <QMenu>
|
||||
#include <QMimeData>
|
||||
#include <QPainter>
|
||||
#include <QPair>
|
||||
#include <QSet>
|
||||
#include <QUndoCommand>
|
||||
#include <QWidget>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
@@ -138,13 +140,18 @@ void TeletextWidget::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event)
|
||||
QWidget::timerEvent(event);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextWidget::pauseFlash(bool pauseNow)
|
||||
void TeletextWidget::pauseFlash(int p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pauseNow && m_flashTiming != 0) {
|
||||
if (m_flashTiming != 0) {
|
||||
m_flashTimer.stop();
|
||||
m_flashPhase = 0;
|
||||
m_flashPhase = p;
|
||||
update();
|
||||
} else if (m_flashTiming != 0)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextWidget::resumeFlash()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_flashTiming != 0)
|
||||
m_flashTimer.start((m_flashTiming == 1) ? 500 : 167, this);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -159,18 +166,18 @@ void TeletextWidget::setReveal(bool reveal)
|
||||
update();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextWidget::setMix(bool mix)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_pageRender.setMix(mix);
|
||||
update();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextWidget::setShowControlCodes(bool showControlCodes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_pageRender.setShowControlCodes(showControlCodes);
|
||||
update();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextWidget::setRenderMode(TeletextPageRender::RenderMode renderMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_pageRender.setRenderMode(renderMode);
|
||||
update();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextWidget::setControlBit(int bitNumber, bool active)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_levelOnePage->setControlBit(bitNumber, active);
|
||||
@@ -226,8 +233,9 @@ void TeletextWidget::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event)
|
||||
// Map it to block character so it doesn't need to be inserted-between later on
|
||||
if (mappedKeyPress & 0x80)
|
||||
mappedKeyPress = 0x7f;
|
||||
if (m_pageDecode.level1MosaicAttribute(m_teletextDocument->cursorRow(), m_teletextDocument->cursorColumn()) && (mappedKeyPress < 0x40 || mappedKeyPress > 0x5f)) {
|
||||
// We're on a mosaic and a blast-through character was NOT pressed
|
||||
if ((m_pageDecode.level1MosaicAttr(m_teletextDocument->cursorRow(), m_teletextDocument->cursorColumn()) || m_teletextDocument->selectionActive()) && (mappedKeyPress < 0x40 || mappedKeyPress > 0x5f)) {
|
||||
// A blast-through character was NOT pressed
|
||||
// and we're either on a mosaic or a selection is active
|
||||
if (event->key() >= Qt::Key_0 && event->key() <= Qt::Key_9 && event->modifiers() & Qt::KeypadModifier) {
|
||||
switch (event->key()) {
|
||||
case Qt::Key_7:
|
||||
@@ -317,6 +325,7 @@ void TeletextWidget::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event)
|
||||
setCharacter(mappedKeyPress);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (event->key()) {
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Backspace:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new BackspaceKeyCommand(m_teletextDocument, m_insertMode));
|
||||
@@ -332,16 +341,28 @@ void TeletextWidget::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Up:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->cursorUp(event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier);
|
||||
if (event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier)
|
||||
shiftMosaics(event->key());
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->cursorUp(event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Down:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->cursorDown(event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier);
|
||||
if (event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier)
|
||||
shiftMosaics(event->key());
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->cursorDown(event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Left:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->cursorLeft(event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier);
|
||||
if (event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier)
|
||||
shiftMosaics(event->key());
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->cursorLeft(event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Right:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->cursorRight(event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier);
|
||||
if (event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier)
|
||||
shiftMosaics(event->key());
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->cursorRight(event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Return:
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Enter:
|
||||
@@ -361,11 +382,6 @@ void TeletextWidget::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event)
|
||||
case Qt::Key_PageDown:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPagePrevious();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Qt::Key_F6:
|
||||
m_pageDecode.decodePage();
|
||||
m_pageRender.renderPage(true);
|
||||
update();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
QFrame::keyPressEvent(event);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -378,13 +394,70 @@ void TeletextWidget::setCharacter(unsigned char newCharacter)
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextWidget::toggleCharacterBit(unsigned char bitToToggle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new ToggleMosaicBitCommand(m_teletextDocument, bitToToggle));
|
||||
if (!m_teletextDocument->selectionActive())
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new ToggleMosaicBitCommand(m_teletextDocument, bitToToggle));
|
||||
else {
|
||||
const QSet<QPair<int, int>> mosaicList = findMosaics();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!mosaicList.isEmpty())
|
||||
switch (bitToToggle) {
|
||||
case 0x7f:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new FillMosaicsCommand(m_teletextDocument, mosaicList));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x20:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new ClearMosaicsCommand(m_teletextDocument, mosaicList));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x5f:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new InvertMosaicsCommand(m_teletextDocument, mosaicList));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x66:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new DitherMosaicsCommand(m_teletextDocument, mosaicList));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QSet<QPair<int, int>> TeletextWidget::findMosaics()
|
||||
{
|
||||
QSet<QPair<int, int>> result;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_teletextDocument->selectionActive())
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int r=m_teletextDocument->selectionTopRow(); r<=m_teletextDocument->selectionBottomRow(); r++)
|
||||
for (int c=m_teletextDocument->selectionLeftColumn(); c<=m_teletextDocument->selectionRightColumn(); c++)
|
||||
if (m_pageDecode.level1MosaicChar(r, c))
|
||||
result.insert(qMakePair(r, c));
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextWidget::shiftMosaics(int key)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const QSet<QPair<int, int>> mosaicList = findMosaics();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!mosaicList.isEmpty())
|
||||
switch (key) {
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Up:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new ShiftMosaicsUpCommand(m_teletextDocument, mosaicList));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Down:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new ShiftMosaicsDownCommand(m_teletextDocument, mosaicList));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Left:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new ShiftMosaicsLeftCommand(m_teletextDocument, mosaicList));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case Qt::Key_Right:
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->undoStack()->push(new ShiftMosaicsRightCommand(m_teletextDocument, mosaicList));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TeletextWidget::selectionToClipboard()
|
||||
{
|
||||
QByteArray nativeData;
|
||||
QString plainTextData;
|
||||
QImage *imageData = nullptr;
|
||||
QClipboard *clipboard = QApplication::clipboard();
|
||||
|
||||
nativeData.resize(2 + m_teletextDocument->selectionWidth() * m_teletextDocument->selectionHeight());
|
||||
@@ -393,7 +466,7 @@ void TeletextWidget::selectionToClipboard()
|
||||
|
||||
plainTextData.reserve((m_teletextDocument->selectionWidth()+1) * m_teletextDocument->selectionHeight() - 1);
|
||||
|
||||
int i=2;
|
||||
int i = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int r=m_teletextDocument->selectionTopRow(); r<=m_teletextDocument->selectionBottomRow(); r++) {
|
||||
for (int c=m_teletextDocument->selectionLeftColumn(); c<=m_teletextDocument->selectionRightColumn(); c++) {
|
||||
@@ -403,6 +476,31 @@ void TeletextWidget::selectionToClipboard()
|
||||
plainTextData.append(keymapping[m_pageDecode.level1CharSet(r, c)].key(m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->character(r, c), QChar(m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->character(r, c))));
|
||||
else
|
||||
plainTextData.append(' ');
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_pageDecode.level1MosaicChar(r, c)) {
|
||||
// A first mosaic character was found so create the image "just in time"
|
||||
if (imageData == nullptr) {
|
||||
imageData = new QImage(m_teletextDocument->selectionWidth() * 2, m_teletextDocument->selectionHeight() * 3, QImage::Format_Mono);
|
||||
|
||||
imageData->fill(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const int ix = (c - m_teletextDocument->selectionLeftColumn()) * 2;
|
||||
const int iy = (r - m_teletextDocument->selectionTopRow()) * 3;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->character(r, c) & 0x01)
|
||||
imageData->setPixel(ix, iy, 1);
|
||||
if (m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->character(r, c) & 0x02)
|
||||
imageData->setPixel(ix+1, iy, 1);
|
||||
if (m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->character(r, c) & 0x04)
|
||||
imageData->setPixel(ix, iy+1, 1);
|
||||
if (m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->character(r, c) & 0x08)
|
||||
imageData->setPixel(ix+1, iy+1, 1);
|
||||
if (m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->character(r, c) & 0x10)
|
||||
imageData->setPixel(ix, iy+2, 1);
|
||||
if (m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->character(r, c) & 0x40)
|
||||
imageData->setPixel(ix+1, iy+2, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
plainTextData.append('\n');
|
||||
@@ -411,6 +509,11 @@ void TeletextWidget::selectionToClipboard()
|
||||
QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData();
|
||||
mimeData->setData("application/x-teletext", nativeData);
|
||||
mimeData->setText(plainTextData);
|
||||
if (imageData != nullptr) {
|
||||
mimeData->setImageData(*imageData);
|
||||
delete imageData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
clipboard->setMimeData(mimeData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -635,19 +738,34 @@ void LevelOneScene::updateSelection()
|
||||
m_selectionRectItem->setVisible(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void LevelOneScene::setMix(bool mix)
|
||||
void LevelOneScene::setRenderMode(TeletextPageRender::RenderMode renderMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (mix) {
|
||||
m_fullScreenTopRectItem->setBrush(Qt::transparent);
|
||||
m_fullScreenBottomRectItem->setBrush(Qt::transparent);
|
||||
for (int r=0; r<25; r++) {
|
||||
m_fullRowLeftRectItem[r]->setBrush(Qt::transparent);
|
||||
m_fullRowRightRectItem[r]->setBrush(Qt::transparent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
setFullScreenColour(static_cast<TeletextWidget *>(m_levelOneProxyWidget->widget())->pageDecode()->fullScreenQColor());
|
||||
for (int r=0; r<25; r++)
|
||||
setFullRowColour(r, static_cast<TeletextWidget *>(m_levelOneProxyWidget->widget())->pageDecode()->fullRowQColor(r));
|
||||
static_cast<TeletextWidget *>(m_levelOneProxyWidget->widget())->setRenderMode(renderMode);
|
||||
|
||||
QColor fullColour;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (renderMode) {
|
||||
case TeletextPageRender::RenderNormal:
|
||||
setFullScreenColour(static_cast<TeletextWidget *>(m_levelOneProxyWidget->widget())->pageDecode()->fullScreenQColor());
|
||||
for (int r=0; r<25; r++)
|
||||
setFullRowColour(r, static_cast<TeletextWidget *>(m_levelOneProxyWidget->widget())->pageDecode()->fullRowQColor(r));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case TeletextPageRender::RenderMix:
|
||||
fullColour = Qt::transparent;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TeletextPageRender::RenderWhiteOnBlack:
|
||||
fullColour = Qt::black;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TeletextPageRender::RenderBlackOnWhite:
|
||||
fullColour = Qt::white;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_fullScreenTopRectItem->setBrush(fullColour);
|
||||
m_fullScreenBottomRectItem->setBrush(fullColour);
|
||||
for (int r=0; r<25; r++) {
|
||||
m_fullRowLeftRectItem[r]->setBrush(fullColour);
|
||||
m_fullRowRightRectItem[r]->setBrush(fullColour);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -712,7 +830,7 @@ void LevelOneScene::keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent *keyEvent)
|
||||
|
||||
void LevelOneScene::setFullScreenColour(const QColor &newColor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!static_cast<TeletextWidget *>(m_levelOneProxyWidget->widget())->pageRender()->mix()) {
|
||||
if (static_cast<TeletextWidget *>(m_levelOneProxyWidget->widget())->pageRender()->renderMode() == TeletextPageRender::RenderNormal) {
|
||||
m_fullScreenTopRectItem->setBrush(newColor);
|
||||
m_fullScreenBottomRectItem->setBrush(newColor);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -720,7 +838,7 @@ void LevelOneScene::setFullScreenColour(const QColor &newColor)
|
||||
|
||||
void LevelOneScene::setFullRowColour(int row, const QColor &newColor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!static_cast<TeletextWidget *>(m_levelOneProxyWidget->widget())->pageRender()->mix()) {
|
||||
if (static_cast<TeletextWidget *>(m_levelOneProxyWidget->widget())->pageRender()->renderMode() == TeletextPageRender::RenderNormal) {
|
||||
m_fullRowLeftRectItem[row]->setBrush(newColor);
|
||||
m_fullRowRightRectItem[row]->setBrush(newColor);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ public:
|
||||
bool insertMode() const { return m_insertMode; };
|
||||
void setInsertMode(bool insertMode);
|
||||
bool showControlCodes() const { return m_pageRender.showControlCodes(); };
|
||||
int flashTiming() const { return m_flashTiming; };
|
||||
|
||||
QSize sizeHint() { return QSize(480+(pageDecode()->leftSidePanelColumns()+pageDecode()->rightSidePanelColumns())*12, 250); }
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -65,10 +66,11 @@ public slots:
|
||||
void subPageSelected();
|
||||
void refreshPage();
|
||||
void setReveal(bool reveal);
|
||||
void setMix(bool mix);
|
||||
void setShowControlCodes(bool showControlCodes);
|
||||
void setRenderMode(TeletextPageRender::RenderMode renderMode);
|
||||
void updateFlashTimer(int newFlashTimer);
|
||||
void pauseFlash(bool pauseNow);
|
||||
void pauseFlash(int p);
|
||||
void resumeFlash();
|
||||
|
||||
void setControlBit(int bitNumber, bool active);
|
||||
void setDefaultCharSet(int newDefaultCharSet);
|
||||
@@ -102,6 +104,8 @@ private:
|
||||
int m_flashTiming, m_flashPhase;
|
||||
|
||||
void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event) override;
|
||||
QSet<QPair<int, int>> findMosaics();
|
||||
void shiftMosaics(int key);
|
||||
void selectionToClipboard();
|
||||
|
||||
QPair<int, int> mouseToRowAndColumn(const QPoint &mousePosition);
|
||||
@@ -119,7 +123,7 @@ public:
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
void updateCursor();
|
||||
void updateSelection();
|
||||
void setMix(bool mix);
|
||||
void setRenderMode(TeletextPageRender::RenderMode renderMode);
|
||||
void toggleGrid(bool gridOn);
|
||||
void hideGUIElements(bool hidden);
|
||||
void setFullScreenColour(const QColor &newColor);
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
|
||||
#include <QScreen>
|
||||
#include <QSettings>
|
||||
#include <QShortcut>
|
||||
#include <QSlider>
|
||||
#include <QStatusBar>
|
||||
#include <QToolBar>
|
||||
#include <QToolButton>
|
||||
@@ -49,6 +50,8 @@
|
||||
#include "palettedockwidget.h"
|
||||
#include "x26dockwidget.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gifimage/qgifimage.h"
|
||||
|
||||
MainWindow::MainWindow()
|
||||
{
|
||||
init();
|
||||
@@ -178,53 +181,129 @@ void MainWindow::reload()
|
||||
m_textWidget->document()->selectSubPageIndex(subPageIndex, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void MainWindow::exportPNG()
|
||||
void MainWindow::exportImage()
|
||||
{
|
||||
QString exportFileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this, tr("Export PNG"), QString(), "PNG image (*.png)");
|
||||
QString exportFileName, selectedFilter, gifFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_exportImageFileName.isEmpty())
|
||||
exportFileName = m_exportImageFileName;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// Image not exported before: suggest a filename with image extension
|
||||
// If page has flashing, suggest GIF
|
||||
exportFileName = m_curFile.left(m_curFile.lastIndexOf('.'));
|
||||
exportFileName.append(m_textWidget->flashTiming() != 0 ? ".gif" : ".png");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_textWidget->flashTiming() != 0)
|
||||
gifFilter = "Animated GIF image (*.gif)";
|
||||
else
|
||||
gifFilter = "GIF image (*.gif)";
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the filter in the file dialog to the same as the current filename extension
|
||||
if (QFileInfo(exportFileName).suffix().toLower() == "gif")
|
||||
selectedFilter = gifFilter;
|
||||
else
|
||||
selectedFilter = "PNG image (*.png)";
|
||||
|
||||
exportFileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this, tr("Export image"), exportFileName, "PNG image (*.png);;" + gifFilter, &selectedFilter);
|
||||
if (exportFileName.isEmpty())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// Prepare widget image for extraction
|
||||
m_textWidget->pauseFlash(true);
|
||||
m_textScene->hideGUIElements(true);
|
||||
// Disable exporting in Mix mode as it corrupts the background
|
||||
bool reMix = m_textWidget->pageRender()->mix();
|
||||
if (reMix) {
|
||||
m_textWidget->setMix(false);
|
||||
m_textScene->setMix(false);
|
||||
const QString suffix = QFileInfo(exportFileName).suffix().toLower();
|
||||
|
||||
if (suffix.isEmpty()) {
|
||||
QMessageBox::warning(this, QApplication::applicationDisplayName(), tr("No filename extension specified."));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
} else if (suffix != "png" && suffix != "gif") {
|
||||
QMessageBox::warning(this, QApplication::applicationDisplayName(), tr("Cannot export image of format %1.").arg(suffix));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Extract the image from the scene
|
||||
QImage interImage = QImage(m_textScene->sceneRect().size().toSize(), QImage::Format_RGB32);
|
||||
// This ought to make the background transparent in Mix mode, but it doesn't
|
||||
// if (m_textWidget->pageDecode()->mix())
|
||||
// interImage.fill(QColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
|
||||
QPainter interPainter(&interImage);
|
||||
m_textScene->render(&interPainter);
|
||||
// Disable flash exporting if extension is not GIF
|
||||
const int flashTiming = suffix == "gif" ? m_textWidget->flashTiming() : 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Prepare widget image for extraction
|
||||
m_textScene->hideGUIElements(true);
|
||||
// Disable exporting in Mix mode as it corrupts the background
|
||||
bool reMix = m_textWidget->pageRender()->renderMode() == TeletextPageRender::RenderMix;
|
||||
if (reMix)
|
||||
m_textScene->setRenderMode(TeletextPageRender::RenderNormal);
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate initial image, with additional images for flashing if necessary
|
||||
QImage interImage[6];
|
||||
|
||||
interImage[0] = QImage(m_textScene->sceneRect().size().toSize(), QImage::Format_RGB32);
|
||||
if (flashTiming != 0) {
|
||||
interImage[3] = QImage(m_textScene->sceneRect().size().toSize(), QImage::Format_RGB32);
|
||||
if (flashTiming == 2) {
|
||||
interImage[1] = QImage(m_textScene->sceneRect().size().toSize(), QImage::Format_RGB32);
|
||||
interImage[2] = QImage(m_textScene->sceneRect().size().toSize(), QImage::Format_RGB32);
|
||||
interImage[4] = QImage(m_textScene->sceneRect().size().toSize(), QImage::Format_RGB32);
|
||||
interImage[5] = QImage(m_textScene->sceneRect().size().toSize(), QImage::Format_RGB32);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now extract the image(s) from the scene
|
||||
for (int p=0; p<6; p++)
|
||||
if (!interImage[p].isNull()) {
|
||||
m_textWidget->pauseFlash(p);
|
||||
// This ought to make the background transparent in Mix mode, but it doesn't
|
||||
// if (m_textWidget->pageDecode()->mix())
|
||||
// interImage.fill(QColor(0, 0, 0, 0));
|
||||
QPainter interPainter(&interImage[p]);
|
||||
m_textScene->render(&interPainter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now we've extracted the image we can put the GUI things back
|
||||
m_textScene->hideGUIElements(false);
|
||||
if (reMix) {
|
||||
m_textWidget->setMix(true);
|
||||
m_textScene->setMix(true);
|
||||
if (reMix)
|
||||
m_textScene->setRenderMode(TeletextPageRender::RenderMix);
|
||||
m_textWidget->resumeFlash();
|
||||
|
||||
// Now scale the extracted image(s) to the selected aspect ratio
|
||||
QImage scaledImage[6];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int p=0; p<6; p++)
|
||||
if (!interImage[p].isNull())
|
||||
if (m_viewAspectRatio == 3)
|
||||
// Aspect ratio is Pixel 1:2 so we only need to double the vertical height
|
||||
scaledImage[p] = interImage[p].scaled(interImage[p].width(), interImage[p].height()*2, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// Scale the image in two steps so that smoothing only occurs on vertical lines
|
||||
// Double the vertical height first
|
||||
const QImage doubleHeightImage = interImage[p].scaled(interImage[p].width(), interImage[p].height()*2, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation);
|
||||
// then scale it horizontally to the selected aspect ratio
|
||||
// Don't smooth GIF as it's bound to break the 256 colour limit
|
||||
scaledImage[p] = doubleHeightImage.scaled((int)((float)doubleHeightImage.width() * aspectRatioHorizontalScaling[m_viewAspectRatio] * 2), doubleHeightImage.height(), Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, (suffix == "gif") ? Qt::FastTransformation : Qt::SmoothTransformation);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (suffix == "png") {
|
||||
if (scaledImage[0].save(exportFileName, "PNG"))
|
||||
m_exportImageFileName = exportFileName;
|
||||
else
|
||||
QMessageBox::warning(this, QApplication::applicationDisplayName(), tr("Cannot export image %1.").arg(QDir::toNativeSeparators(exportFileName)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_textWidget->pauseFlash(false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Now scale the extracted image to the selected aspect ratio
|
||||
// We do this in two steps so that anti-aliasing only occurs on vertical lines
|
||||
if (suffix == "gif") {
|
||||
QGifImage gif(scaledImage[0].size());
|
||||
|
||||
// Double the vertical height first
|
||||
const QImage doubleHeightImage = interImage.scaled(interImage.width(), interImage.height()*2, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation);
|
||||
if (scaledImage[3].isNull())
|
||||
// No flashing
|
||||
gif.addFrame(scaledImage[0], 0);
|
||||
else if (interImage[1].isNull()) {
|
||||
// 1Hz flashing
|
||||
gif.addFrame(scaledImage[0], 500);
|
||||
gif.addFrame(scaledImage[3], 500);
|
||||
} else
|
||||
// 2Hz flashing
|
||||
for (int p=0; p<6; p++)
|
||||
gif.addFrame(scaledImage[p], (p % 3 == 0) ? 166 : 167);
|
||||
|
||||
// If aspect ratio is Pixel 1:2 we're already at the correct scale
|
||||
if (m_viewAspectRatio != 3) {
|
||||
// Scale it horizontally to the selected aspect ratio
|
||||
const QImage scaledImage = doubleHeightImage.scaled((int)((float)doubleHeightImage.width() * aspectRatioHorizontalScaling[m_viewAspectRatio] * 2), doubleHeightImage.height(), Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!scaledImage.save(exportFileName, "PNG"))
|
||||
QMessageBox::warning(this, QApplication::applicationDisplayName(), tr("Cannot export file %1.").arg(QDir::toNativeSeparators(exportFileName)));
|
||||
} else if (!doubleHeightImage.save(exportFileName, "PNG"))
|
||||
QMessageBox::warning(this, QApplication::applicationDisplayName(), tr("Cannot export file %1.").arg(QDir::toNativeSeparators(exportFileName)));
|
||||
if (gif.save(exportFileName))
|
||||
m_exportImageFileName = exportFileName;
|
||||
else
|
||||
QMessageBox::warning(this, QApplication::applicationDisplayName(), tr("Cannot export image %1.").arg(QDir::toNativeSeparators(exportFileName)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void MainWindow::exportZXNet()
|
||||
@@ -242,7 +321,7 @@ void MainWindow::about()
|
||||
QMessageBox::about(this, tr("About"), QString("<b>%1</b><br>"
|
||||
"An open source Level 2.5 teletext page editor.<br>"
|
||||
"<i>Version %2</i><br><br>"
|
||||
"Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor<br><br>"
|
||||
"Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor<br><br>"
|
||||
"Released under the GNU General Public License version 3<br>"
|
||||
"<a href=\"https://github.com/gkthemac/qteletextmaker\">https://github.com/gkthemac/qteletextmaker</a>").arg(QApplication::applicationDisplayName()).arg(QApplication::applicationVersion()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -278,6 +357,7 @@ void MainWindow::init()
|
||||
if (m_viewSmoothTransform)
|
||||
m_textView->setRenderHints(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform);
|
||||
m_textView->setBackgroundBrush(QBrush(QColor(32, 48, 96)));
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setValue(m_viewZoom);
|
||||
setSceneDimensions();
|
||||
setCentralWidget(m_textView);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -394,9 +474,9 @@ void MainWindow::createActions()
|
||||
exportEditTFAct->setStatusTip("Export and open this subpage in the edit.tf online editor");
|
||||
connect(exportEditTFAct, &QAction::triggered, this, &MainWindow::exportEditTF);
|
||||
|
||||
QAction *exportPNGAct = fileMenu->addAction(tr("Export subpage as PNG..."));
|
||||
exportPNGAct->setStatusTip("Export a PNG image of this subpage");
|
||||
connect(exportPNGAct, &QAction::triggered, this, &MainWindow::exportPNG);
|
||||
QAction *exportImageAct = fileMenu->addAction(tr("Export subpage as image..."));
|
||||
exportImageAct->setStatusTip("Export an image of this subpage");
|
||||
connect(exportImageAct, &QAction::triggered, this, &MainWindow::exportImage);
|
||||
|
||||
QAction *exportM29Act = fileMenu->addAction(tr("Export subpage X/28 as M/29..."));
|
||||
exportM29Act->setStatusTip("Export this subpage's X/28 packets as a tti file with M/29 packets");
|
||||
@@ -502,13 +582,6 @@ void MainWindow::createActions()
|
||||
revealAct->setStatusTip(tr("Toggle reveal"));
|
||||
connect(revealAct, &QAction::toggled, m_textWidget, &TeletextWidget::setReveal);
|
||||
|
||||
QAction *mixAct = viewMenu->addAction(tr("&Mix"));
|
||||
mixAct->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
mixAct->setShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL | Qt::Key_M));
|
||||
mixAct->setStatusTip(tr("Toggle mix"));
|
||||
connect(mixAct, &QAction::toggled, m_textWidget, &TeletextWidget::setMix);
|
||||
connect(mixAct, &QAction::toggled, m_textScene, &LevelOneScene::setMix);
|
||||
|
||||
QAction *gridAct = viewMenu->addAction(tr("&Grid"));
|
||||
gridAct->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
gridAct->setShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL | Qt::Key_G));
|
||||
@@ -523,6 +596,17 @@ void MainWindow::createActions()
|
||||
|
||||
viewMenu->addSeparator();
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *renderModeSubMenu = viewMenu->addMenu(tr("Render mode"));
|
||||
QAction *renderModeActs[4];
|
||||
renderModeActs[0] = renderModeSubMenu->addAction(tr("Normal"));
|
||||
renderModeActs[0]->setStatusTip(tr("Render page normally"));
|
||||
renderModeActs[1] = renderModeSubMenu->addAction(tr("Mix"));
|
||||
renderModeActs[1]->setStatusTip(tr("Render page in mix mode"));
|
||||
renderModeActs[2] = renderModeSubMenu->addAction(tr("White on black"));
|
||||
renderModeActs[2]->setStatusTip(tr("Render page with white foreground on black background"));
|
||||
renderModeActs[3] = renderModeSubMenu->addAction(tr("Black on white"));
|
||||
renderModeActs[3]->setStatusTip(tr("Render page with black foreground on white background"));
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *borderSubMenu = viewMenu->addMenu(tr("Border"));
|
||||
m_borderActs[0] = borderSubMenu->addAction(tr("None"));
|
||||
m_borderActs[0]->setStatusTip(tr("View with no border"));
|
||||
@@ -541,18 +625,26 @@ void MainWindow::createActions()
|
||||
m_aspectRatioActs[3] = aspectRatioSubMenu->addAction(tr("Pixel 1:2"));
|
||||
m_aspectRatioActs[3]->setStatusTip(tr("View with 1:2 pixel mapping"));
|
||||
|
||||
QActionGroup *renderModeGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
||||
QActionGroup *borderGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
||||
QActionGroup *aspectRatioGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<=3; i++) {
|
||||
renderModeActs[i]->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
connect(renderModeActs[i], &QAction::triggered, [=]() { m_textScene->setRenderMode(static_cast<TeletextPageRender::RenderMode>(i)); });
|
||||
renderModeGroup->addAction(renderModeActs[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
m_aspectRatioActs[i]->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
connect(m_aspectRatioActs[i], &QAction::triggered, [=]() { setAspectRatio(i); });
|
||||
aspectRatioGroup->addAction(m_aspectRatioActs[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
if (i == 3)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
m_borderActs[i]->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
connect(m_borderActs[i], &QAction::triggered, [=]() { setBorder(i); });
|
||||
borderGroup->addAction(m_borderActs[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
renderModeActs[0]->setChecked(true);
|
||||
|
||||
viewMenu->addSeparator();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -766,26 +858,36 @@ void MainWindow::setSmoothTransform(bool smoothTransform)
|
||||
|
||||
void MainWindow::zoomIn()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_viewZoom < 4)
|
||||
if (m_viewZoom < 4) {
|
||||
m_viewZoom++;
|
||||
else if (m_viewZoom < 12)
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setValue(m_viewZoom);
|
||||
} else if (m_viewZoom < 12) {
|
||||
m_viewZoom += 2;
|
||||
setSceneDimensions();
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setValue(m_viewZoom / 2 + 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void MainWindow::zoomOut()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_viewZoom > 4)
|
||||
if (m_viewZoom > 4) {
|
||||
m_viewZoom -= 2;
|
||||
else if (m_viewZoom > 0)
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setValue(m_viewZoom == 4 ? 4 : m_viewZoom / 2 + 2);
|
||||
} else if (m_viewZoom > 0) {
|
||||
m_viewZoom--;
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setValue(m_viewZoom);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void MainWindow::zoomSet(int viewZoom)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_viewZoom = (viewZoom < 5) ? viewZoom : (viewZoom - 2) * 2;
|
||||
setSceneDimensions();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void MainWindow::zoomReset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_viewZoom = 2;
|
||||
setSceneDimensions();
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setValue(2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void MainWindow::toggleInsertMode()
|
||||
@@ -821,6 +923,17 @@ void MainWindow::createStatusBar()
|
||||
m_cursorPositionLabel = new QLabel("1, 1");
|
||||
statusBar()->insertWidget(3, m_cursorPositionLabel);
|
||||
|
||||
m_zoomSlider = new QSlider;
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setOrientation(Qt::Horizontal);
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setMinimumHeight(m_subPageLabel->height());
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setMaximumHeight(m_subPageLabel->height());
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Maximum, QSizePolicy::Fixed);
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setRange(0, 8);
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setPageStep(1);
|
||||
m_zoomSlider->setFocusPolicy(Qt::NoFocus);
|
||||
statusBar()->insertWidget(4, m_zoomSlider);
|
||||
connect(m_zoomSlider, &QSlider::valueChanged, this, &MainWindow::zoomSet);
|
||||
|
||||
m_insertModePushButton = new QPushButton("OVERWRITE");
|
||||
m_insertModePushButton->setFlat(true);
|
||||
m_insertModePushButton->setMinimumHeight(m_subPageLabel->height());
|
||||
@@ -844,8 +957,6 @@ void MainWindow::createStatusBar()
|
||||
connect(m_levelRadioButton[1], &QAbstractButton::clicked, [=]() { m_textWidget->pageDecode()->setLevel(1); m_textWidget->update(); m_paletteDockWidget->setLevel3p5Accepted(false);});
|
||||
connect(m_levelRadioButton[2], &QAbstractButton::clicked, [=]() { m_textWidget->pageDecode()->setLevel(2); m_textWidget->update(); m_paletteDockWidget->setLevel3p5Accepted(false);});
|
||||
connect(m_levelRadioButton[3], &QAbstractButton::clicked, [=]() { m_textWidget->pageDecode()->setLevel(3); m_textWidget->update(); m_paletteDockWidget->setLevel3p5Accepted(true);});
|
||||
|
||||
statusBar()->showMessage(tr("Ready"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void MainWindow::readSettings()
|
||||
@@ -855,11 +966,11 @@ void MainWindow::readSettings()
|
||||
const QByteArray geometry = settings.value("geometry", QByteArray()).toByteArray();
|
||||
const QByteArray windowState = settings.value("windowState", QByteArray()).toByteArray();
|
||||
|
||||
m_viewBorder = settings.value("border", 2).toInt();
|
||||
m_viewBorder = (m_viewBorder < 0 || m_viewBorder > 2) ? 2 : m_viewBorder;
|
||||
m_viewBorder = settings.value("border", 1).toInt();
|
||||
m_viewBorder = (m_viewBorder < 0 || m_viewBorder > 2) ? 1 : m_viewBorder;
|
||||
m_borderActs[m_viewBorder]->setChecked(true);
|
||||
m_viewAspectRatio = settings.value("aspectratio", 0).toInt();
|
||||
m_viewAspectRatio = (m_viewAspectRatio < 0 || m_viewAspectRatio > 2) ? 0 : m_viewAspectRatio;
|
||||
m_viewAspectRatio = (m_viewAspectRatio < 0 || m_viewAspectRatio > 3) ? 0 : m_viewAspectRatio;
|
||||
m_aspectRatioActs[m_viewAspectRatio]->setChecked(true);
|
||||
m_viewSmoothTransform = settings.value("smoothTransform", 0).toBool();
|
||||
m_smoothTransformAction->blockSignals(true);
|
||||
@@ -868,17 +979,17 @@ void MainWindow::readSettings()
|
||||
m_viewZoom = settings.value("zoom", 2).toInt();
|
||||
m_viewZoom = (m_viewZoom < 0 || m_viewZoom > 12) ? 2 : m_viewZoom;
|
||||
|
||||
// zoom 0 = 420,426px, 1 = 620,570px, 2 = 780,720px
|
||||
// zoom 0 = 430,385px, 1 = 500,530px, 2 = 650,670px
|
||||
if (geometry.isEmpty()) {
|
||||
const QRect availableGeometry = QGuiApplication::primaryScreen()->availableGeometry();
|
||||
if (availableGeometry.width() < 620 || availableGeometry.height() < 570) {
|
||||
resize(430, 430);
|
||||
if (availableGeometry.width() < 500 || availableGeometry.height() < 530) {
|
||||
resize(430, 385);
|
||||
m_viewZoom = 0;
|
||||
} else if (availableGeometry.width() < 780 || availableGeometry.height() < 720) {
|
||||
resize(620, 570);
|
||||
} else if (availableGeometry.width() < 650 || availableGeometry.height() < 670) {
|
||||
resize(500, 530);
|
||||
m_viewZoom = 1;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
resize(780, 720);
|
||||
resize(650, 670);
|
||||
// m_viewZoom = 2;
|
||||
move((availableGeometry.width() - width()) / 2, (availableGeometry.height() - height()) / 2);
|
||||
} else
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -21,13 +21,13 @@
|
||||
#define MAINWINDOW_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QCheckBox>
|
||||
#include <QComboBox>
|
||||
#include <QGraphicsProxyWidget>
|
||||
#include <QGraphicsScene>
|
||||
#include <QGraphicsView>
|
||||
#include <QMainWindow>
|
||||
#include <QLabel>
|
||||
#include <QPushButton>
|
||||
#include <QSlider>
|
||||
#include <QToolButton>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mainwidget.h"
|
||||
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ private slots:
|
||||
void exportT42(bool fromAuto);
|
||||
void exportZXNet();
|
||||
void exportEditTF();
|
||||
void exportPNG();
|
||||
void exportImage();
|
||||
void exportM29();
|
||||
void updateRecentFileActions();
|
||||
void updateExportAutoAction();
|
||||
@@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ private slots:
|
||||
void setSmoothTransform(bool smoothTransform);
|
||||
void zoomIn();
|
||||
void zoomOut();
|
||||
void zoomSet(int viewZoom);
|
||||
void zoomReset();
|
||||
|
||||
void toggleInsertMode();
|
||||
@@ -131,10 +132,11 @@ private:
|
||||
|
||||
QLabel *m_subPageLabel, *m_cursorPositionLabel;
|
||||
QToolButton *m_previousSubPageButton, *m_nextSubPageButton;
|
||||
QSlider *m_zoomSlider;
|
||||
QPushButton *m_insertModePushButton;
|
||||
QRadioButton *m_levelRadioButton[4];
|
||||
|
||||
QString m_curFile, m_exportAutoFileName;
|
||||
QString m_curFile, m_exportAutoFileName, m_exportImageFileName;
|
||||
bool m_isUntitled;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -68,10 +68,18 @@ PageComposeLinksDockWidget::PageComposeLinksDockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent):
|
||||
// Required at which Levels
|
||||
m_composeLinkLevelCheckbox[i][0] = new QCheckBox(this);
|
||||
x27Layout->addWidget(m_composeLinkLevelCheckbox[i][0], i+2, 1, 1, 1);
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 7, 0)
|
||||
connect(m_composeLinkLevelCheckbox[i][0], &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, [=](bool active) { m_parentMainWidget->document()->currentSubPage()->setComposeLinkLevel2p5(i, active); });
|
||||
#else
|
||||
connect(m_composeLinkLevelCheckbox[i][0], &QCheckBox::stateChanged, [=](bool active) { m_parentMainWidget->document()->currentSubPage()->setComposeLinkLevel2p5(i, active); });
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
m_composeLinkLevelCheckbox[i][1] = new QCheckBox(this);
|
||||
x27Layout->addWidget(m_composeLinkLevelCheckbox[i][1], i+2, 2, 1, 1);
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 7, 0)
|
||||
connect(m_composeLinkLevelCheckbox[i][1], &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, [=](bool active) { m_parentMainWidget->document()->currentSubPage()->setComposeLinkLevel3p5(i, active); });
|
||||
#else
|
||||
connect(m_composeLinkLevelCheckbox[i][1], &QCheckBox::stateChanged, [=](bool active) { m_parentMainWidget->document()->currentSubPage()->setComposeLinkLevel3p5(i, active); });
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// Selectable link functions for Level 3.5
|
||||
m_composeLinkFunctionComboBox[i-4] = new QComboBox;
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pageenhancementsdockwidget.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "levelonecommands.h"
|
||||
#include "x28commands.h"
|
||||
|
||||
PageEnhancementsDockWidget::PageEnhancementsDockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent): QDockWidget(parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -71,7 +71,11 @@ PageEnhancementsDockWidget::PageEnhancementsDockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent):
|
||||
// Black background colour substitution
|
||||
m_blackBackgroundSubstAct = new QCheckBox("Black background colour substitution");
|
||||
colourLayout->addWidget(m_blackBackgroundSubstAct, 3, 0, 1, 2, Qt::AlignTop);
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 7, 0)
|
||||
connect(m_blackBackgroundSubstAct, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, [=](int state){ m_parentMainWidget->document()->undoStack()->push(new SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand(m_parentMainWidget->document(), state)); });
|
||||
#else
|
||||
connect(m_blackBackgroundSubstAct, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, [=](int state){ m_parentMainWidget->document()->undoStack()->push(new SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand(m_parentMainWidget->document(), state)); });
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Add group box to the main layout
|
||||
colourGroupBox->setLayout(colourLayout);
|
||||
@@ -98,7 +102,11 @@ PageEnhancementsDockWidget::PageEnhancementsDockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent):
|
||||
// Side panels status
|
||||
m_sidePanelStatusAct = new QCheckBox("Side panels at level 3.5 only");
|
||||
sidePanelsLayout->addWidget(m_sidePanelStatusAct, 2, 0, 1, 2, Qt::AlignTop);
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 7, 0)
|
||||
connect(m_sidePanelStatusAct, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, m_parentMainWidget, &TeletextWidget::setSidePanelAtL35Only);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
connect(m_sidePanelStatusAct, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, m_parentMainWidget, &TeletextWidget::setSidePanelAtL35Only);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Add group box to the main layout
|
||||
sidePanelsGroupBox->setLayout(sidePanelsLayout);
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -104,7 +104,11 @@ PageOptionsDockWidget::PageOptionsDockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent): QDockWidge
|
||||
|
||||
m_controlBitsAct[i] = new QCheckBox(controlBitsLabel[i]);
|
||||
subPageOptionsLayout->addWidget(m_controlBitsAct[i]);
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 7, 0)
|
||||
connect(m_controlBitsAct[i], &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, [=](bool active) { m_parentMainWidget->setControlBit(i, active); });
|
||||
#else
|
||||
connect(m_controlBitsAct[i], &QCheckBox::stateChanged, [=](bool active) { m_parentMainWidget->setControlBit(i, active); });
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Region and language
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include "palettedockwidget.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "levelonecommands.h"
|
||||
#include "x28commands.h"
|
||||
#include "document.h"
|
||||
#include "mainwidget.h"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -65,7 +65,11 @@ PaletteDockWidget::PaletteDockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent): QDockWidget(parent
|
||||
|
||||
m_showHexValuesCheckBox = new QCheckBox(tr("Show colour hex values"));
|
||||
paletteGridLayout->addWidget(m_showHexValuesCheckBox, 5, 1, 1, 8);
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 7, 0)
|
||||
connect(m_showHexValuesCheckBox, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, this, &PaletteDockWidget::updateAllColourButtons);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
connect(m_showHexValuesCheckBox, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, &PaletteDockWidget::updateAllColourButtons);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
paletteGridWidget->setLayout(paletteGridLayout);
|
||||
this->setWidget(paletteGridWidget);
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -17,6 +17,8 @@
|
||||
* along with QTeletextMaker. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "x26dockwidget.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QAbstractListModel>
|
||||
#include <QActionGroup>
|
||||
#include <QButtonGroup>
|
||||
@@ -36,11 +38,12 @@
|
||||
#include <QVBoxLayout>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "render.h"
|
||||
#include "x26dockwidget.h"
|
||||
#include "x26menus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
CharacterListModel::CharacterListModel(QObject *parent): QAbstractListModel(parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_characterSet = 0;
|
||||
m_mosaic = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int CharacterListModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex & /*parent*/) const
|
||||
@@ -56,16 +59,30 @@ QVariant CharacterListModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
|
||||
if (role == Qt::DisplayRole)
|
||||
return QString("0x%1").arg(index.row()+0x20, 2, 16);
|
||||
|
||||
if (role == Qt::DecorationRole)
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.rawBitmap()->copy(index.row()*12, m_characterSet*10, 12, 10);
|
||||
if (role == Qt::DecorationRole) {
|
||||
if (m_mosaic && (index.row()+32) & 0x20)
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.charBitmap(index.row()+32, 24);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.charBitmap(index.row()+32, m_characterSet);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return QVariant();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void CharacterListModel::setCharacterSet(int characterSet)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (characterSet != m_characterSet) {
|
||||
if (characterSet != m_characterSet || m_mosaic) {
|
||||
m_characterSet = characterSet;
|
||||
m_mosaic = false;
|
||||
emit dataChanged(createIndex(0, 0), createIndex(95, 0), QVector<int>(Qt::DecorationRole));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void CharacterListModel::setG1AndBlastCharacterSet(int characterSet)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (characterSet != m_characterSet || !m_mosaic) {
|
||||
m_characterSet = characterSet;
|
||||
m_mosaic = true;
|
||||
emit dataChanged(createIndex(0, 0), createIndex(95, 0), QVector<int>(Qt::DecorationRole));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -134,91 +151,15 @@ X26DockWidget::X26DockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent): QDockWidget(parent)
|
||||
cookedTripletLayout->addWidget(m_cookedModePushButton);
|
||||
|
||||
// Cooked triplet menu
|
||||
// We build the menus for both "Insert" buttons at the same time
|
||||
m_cookedModeMenu = new QMenu(this);
|
||||
m_insertBeforeMenu = new QMenu(this);
|
||||
m_insertAfterMenu = new QMenu(this);
|
||||
// We connect the menus for both "Insert" buttons at the same time
|
||||
m_cookedModeMenu = new TripletModeQMenu(this);
|
||||
m_insertBeforeMenu = new TripletModeQMenu(this);
|
||||
m_insertAfterMenu = new TripletModeQMenu(this);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int m=0; m<3; m++) {
|
||||
QMenu *menuToBuild;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m == 0)
|
||||
menuToBuild = m_cookedModeMenu;
|
||||
else if (m == 1)
|
||||
menuToBuild = m_insertBeforeMenu;
|
||||
else // if (m == 2)
|
||||
menuToBuild = m_insertAfterMenu;
|
||||
|
||||
auto newModeMenuAction=[&](QMenu *menu, int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
QAction *action = menu->addAction(m_x26Model->modeTripletName(mode));
|
||||
if (m == 0)
|
||||
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, [=]() { cookedModeMenuSelected(mode); });
|
||||
else if (m == 1)
|
||||
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, [=]() { insertTriplet(mode, false); });
|
||||
else // if (m == 2)
|
||||
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, [=]() { insertTriplet(mode, true); });
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(menuToBuild, 0x04);
|
||||
QMenu *rowTripletSubMenu = menuToBuild->addMenu(tr("Row triplet"));
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(rowTripletSubMenu, 0x00);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(rowTripletSubMenu, 0x01);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(rowTripletSubMenu, 0x07);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(rowTripletSubMenu, 0x18);
|
||||
QMenu *columnTripletSubMenu = menuToBuild->addMenu(tr("Column triplet"));
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x20);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x23);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x27);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x2c);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x2e);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x28);
|
||||
columnTripletSubMenu->addSeparator();
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x29);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x2f);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x21);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x22);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x2b);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x2d);
|
||||
QMenu *diacriticalSubMenu = columnTripletSubMenu->addMenu(tr("G0 diacritical"));
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<16; i++)
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(diacriticalSubMenu, 0x30 + i);
|
||||
QMenu *objectSubMenu = menuToBuild->addMenu(tr("Object"));
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(objectSubMenu, 0x10);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(objectSubMenu, 0x11);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(objectSubMenu, 0x12);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(objectSubMenu, 0x13);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(objectSubMenu, 0x15);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(objectSubMenu, 0x16);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(objectSubMenu, 0x17);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(menuToBuild, 0x1f);
|
||||
menuToBuild->addSeparator();
|
||||
QMenu *pdcSubMenu = menuToBuild->addMenu(tr("PDC/reserved"));
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x08);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x09);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x0a);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x0b);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x0c);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x0d);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x26);
|
||||
QMenu *reservedRowSubMenu = pdcSubMenu->addMenu(tr("Reserved row"));
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x02);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x03);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x05);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x06);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x0e);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x0f);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x14);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x19);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x1a);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x1b);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x1c);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x1d);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x1e);
|
||||
QMenu *reservedColumnSubMenu = pdcSubMenu->addMenu(tr("Reserved column"));
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedColumnSubMenu, 0x24);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedColumnSubMenu, 0x25);
|
||||
newModeMenuAction(reservedColumnSubMenu, 0x2a);
|
||||
for (int m=0; m<64; m++) {
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletModeQMenu *>(m_cookedModeMenu)->action(m), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { cookedModeMenuSelected(m); });
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletModeQMenu *>(m_insertBeforeMenu)->action(m), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { insertTriplet(m, false); });
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletModeQMenu *>(m_insertAfterMenu)->action(m), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { insertTriplet(m, true); });
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_cookedModePushButton->setMenu(m_cookedModeMenu);
|
||||
@@ -267,7 +208,11 @@ X26DockWidget::X26DockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent): QDockWidget(parent)
|
||||
|
||||
x26Layout->addLayout(tripletSelectLayout);
|
||||
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 7, 0)
|
||||
connect(rawOrCookedCheckBox, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged,[=](const int value) { m_rawOrCookedStackedLayout->setCurrentIndex(value == 2); } );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
connect(rawOrCookedCheckBox, &QCheckBox::stateChanged,[=](const int value) { m_rawOrCookedStackedLayout->setCurrentIndex(value == 2); } );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Widgets that alter the parameters of triplets which will all be stacked
|
||||
@@ -339,10 +284,17 @@ X26DockWidget::X26DockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent): QDockWidget(parent)
|
||||
displayAttributesLayout->addWidget(m_displayAttributeConcealCheckBox);
|
||||
displayAttributesLayout->addWidget(m_displayAttributeInvertCheckBox);
|
||||
displayAttributesLayout->addWidget(m_displayAttributeUnderlineCheckBox);
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 7, 0)
|
||||
connect(m_displayAttributeBoxingCheckBox, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+2); } );
|
||||
connect(m_displayAttributeConcealCheckBox, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+3); } );
|
||||
connect(m_displayAttributeInvertCheckBox, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+4); } );
|
||||
connect(m_displayAttributeUnderlineCheckBox, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+5); } );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
connect(m_displayAttributeBoxingCheckBox, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+2); } );
|
||||
connect(m_displayAttributeConcealCheckBox, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+3); } );
|
||||
connect(m_displayAttributeInvertCheckBox, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+4); } );
|
||||
connect(m_displayAttributeUnderlineCheckBox, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+5); } );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Index 5 - Invoke Object
|
||||
QHBoxLayout *invokeObjectLayout = new QHBoxLayout;
|
||||
@@ -481,9 +433,15 @@ X26DockWidget::X26DockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent): QDockWidget(parent)
|
||||
fontStyleLayout->addWidget(m_fontStyleProportionalCheckBox);
|
||||
fontStyleLayout->addWidget(m_fontStyleBoldCheckBox);
|
||||
fontStyleLayout->addWidget(m_fontStyleItalicCheckBox);
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 7, 0)
|
||||
connect(m_fontStyleProportionalCheckBox, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+1); } );
|
||||
connect(m_fontStyleBoldCheckBox, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+2);; } );
|
||||
connect(m_fontStyleItalicCheckBox, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+3); } );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
connect(m_fontStyleProportionalCheckBox, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+1); } );
|
||||
connect(m_fontStyleBoldCheckBox, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+2);; } );
|
||||
connect(m_fontStyleItalicCheckBox, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget((value == 2), Qt::UserRole+3); } );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
m_fontStyleRowsSpinBox = new QSpinBox;
|
||||
m_fontStyleRowsSpinBox->setRange(0, 7);
|
||||
fontStyleLayout->addWidget(m_fontStyleRowsSpinBox);
|
||||
@@ -513,7 +471,11 @@ X26DockWidget::X26DockWidget(TeletextWidget *parent): QDockWidget(parent)
|
||||
|
||||
m_terminationMarkerMoreFollowsCheckBox = new QCheckBox(tr("Objects follow"));
|
||||
terminationMarkerLayout->addWidget(m_terminationMarkerMoreFollowsCheckBox);
|
||||
#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 7, 0)
|
||||
connect(m_terminationMarkerMoreFollowsCheckBox, &QCheckBox::checkStateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget(value != 2, Qt::UserRole+2); } );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
connect(m_terminationMarkerMoreFollowsCheckBox, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, this, [=](const int value) { updateModelFromCookedWidget(value != 2, Qt::UserRole+2); } );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Stack all the triplet parameter layouts together
|
||||
@@ -661,15 +623,14 @@ void X26DockWidget::selectX26ListRow(int row)
|
||||
|
||||
void X26DockWidget::loadX26List()
|
||||
{
|
||||
disableTripletWidgets();
|
||||
m_x26Model->setX26ListLoaded(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void X26DockWidget::unloadX26List()
|
||||
{
|
||||
disableTripletWidgets();
|
||||
m_x26Model->setX26ListLoaded(false);
|
||||
m_rawTripletAddressSpinBox->setEnabled(false);
|
||||
m_rawTripletDataSpinBox->setEnabled(false);
|
||||
m_rawTripletModeSpinBox->setEnabled(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void X26DockWidget::rowSelected(const QModelIndex ¤t, const QModelIndex &previous)
|
||||
@@ -718,7 +679,7 @@ void X26DockWidget::updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(const QModelIndex &index)
|
||||
const int modeExt = index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 2), Qt::EditRole).toInt();
|
||||
|
||||
m_cookedModePushButton->setEnabled(true);
|
||||
m_cookedModePushButton->setText(m_x26Model->modeTripletName(modeExt));
|
||||
m_cookedModePushButton->setText(m_modeTripletNames.modeName(modeExt));
|
||||
|
||||
switch (modeExt) {
|
||||
case 0x04: // Set active position
|
||||
@@ -767,7 +728,7 @@ void X26DockWidget::updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(const QModelIndex &index)
|
||||
case 0x3f: // G0 character with diacritical
|
||||
m_characterCodeComboBox->blockSignals(true);
|
||||
if (modeExt == 0x21)
|
||||
m_characterListModel.setCharacterSet(24);
|
||||
m_characterListModel.setG1AndBlastCharacterSet(index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 0), Qt::UserRole+3).toInt());
|
||||
else if (modeExt == 0x22 || modeExt == 0x2b)
|
||||
m_characterListModel.setCharacterSet(26);
|
||||
else
|
||||
@@ -1052,41 +1013,51 @@ void X26DockWidget::updateModelFromCookedWidget(const int value, const int role)
|
||||
void X26DockWidget::insertTriplet(int modeExt, bool after)
|
||||
{
|
||||
QModelIndex index = m_x26View->currentIndex();
|
||||
|
||||
if (index.isValid())
|
||||
insertTriplet(modeExt, index.row()+after);
|
||||
else
|
||||
insertTriplet(modeExt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void X26DockWidget::insertTriplet(int modeExt, int row)
|
||||
{
|
||||
X26Triplet newTriplet(modeExt < 0x20 ? 41 : 0, modeExt & 0x1f, 0);
|
||||
int newListRow;
|
||||
|
||||
if (index.isValid()) {
|
||||
newListRow = index.row()+after;
|
||||
if (row != -1) {
|
||||
QModelIndex index = m_x26View->currentIndex();
|
||||
|
||||
// If we're inserting a column triplet next to another column triplet,
|
||||
// duplicate the column number
|
||||
// Avoid the PDC and reserved mode triplets
|
||||
if (modeExt >= 0x20 && modeExt != 0x24 && modeExt != 0x25 && modeExt != 0x26 && modeExt != 0x2a) {
|
||||
const int existingTripletModeExt = index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 2), Qt::EditRole).toInt();
|
||||
if (index.isValid()) {
|
||||
// If we're inserting a column triplet next to another column triplet,
|
||||
// duplicate the column number
|
||||
// Avoid the PDC and reserved mode triplets
|
||||
if (modeExt >= 0x20 && modeExt != 0x24 && modeExt != 0x25 && modeExt != 0x26 && modeExt != 0x2a) {
|
||||
const int existingTripletModeExt = index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 2), Qt::EditRole).toInt();
|
||||
|
||||
if (existingTripletModeExt >= 0x20 && existingTripletModeExt != 0x24 && existingTripletModeExt != 0x25 && existingTripletModeExt != 0x26 && existingTripletModeExt != 0x2a)
|
||||
newTriplet.setAddress(index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 0), Qt::UserRole).toInt());
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If we're inserting a Set Active Position or Full Row Colour triplet,
|
||||
// look for a previous row setting triplet and set this one to the row after
|
||||
if (modeExt == 0x04 || modeExt == 0x01) {
|
||||
for (int i=newListRow-1; i>=0; i--) {
|
||||
const int scanTripletModeExt = index.model()->data(index.model()->index(i, 2), Qt::EditRole).toInt();
|
||||
if (existingTripletModeExt >= 0x20 && existingTripletModeExt != 0x24 && existingTripletModeExt != 0x25 && existingTripletModeExt != 0x26 && existingTripletModeExt != 0x2a)
|
||||
newTriplet.setAddress(index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 0), Qt::UserRole).toInt());
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If we're inserting a Set Active Position or Full Row Colour triplet,
|
||||
// look for a previous row setting triplet and set this one to the row after
|
||||
if (modeExt == 0x04 || modeExt == 0x01) {
|
||||
for (int i=row-1; i>=0; i--) {
|
||||
const int scanTripletModeExt = index.model()->data(index.model()->index(i, 2), Qt::EditRole).toInt();
|
||||
|
||||
if (scanTripletModeExt == 0x04 || scanTripletModeExt == 0x01) {
|
||||
const int scanActivePositionRow = index.model()->data(index.model()->index(i, 0), Qt::EditRole).toInt()+1;
|
||||
if (scanTripletModeExt == 0x04 || scanTripletModeExt == 0x01) {
|
||||
const int scanActivePositionRow = index.model()->data(index.model()->index(i, 0), Qt::EditRole).toInt()+1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (scanActivePositionRow < 25)
|
||||
newTriplet.setAddressRow(scanActivePositionRow);
|
||||
else
|
||||
newTriplet.setAddressRow(24);
|
||||
if (scanActivePositionRow < 25)
|
||||
newTriplet.setAddressRow(scanActivePositionRow);
|
||||
else
|
||||
newTriplet.setAddressRow(24);
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else
|
||||
newListRow = 0;
|
||||
row = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// For character triplets, ensure Data is not reserved
|
||||
if (modeExt == 0x21 || modeExt == 0x22 || modeExt == 0x29 || modeExt == 0x2b || modeExt >= 0x2f)
|
||||
@@ -1100,7 +1071,7 @@ void X26DockWidget::insertTriplet(int modeExt, bool after)
|
||||
newTriplet.setData(7);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_x26Model->insertRows(newListRow, 1, QModelIndex(), newTriplet);
|
||||
m_x26Model->insertRows(row, 1, QModelIndex(), newTriplet);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void X26DockWidget::insertTripletCopy()
|
||||
@@ -1123,17 +1094,161 @@ void X26DockWidget::deleteTriplet()
|
||||
|
||||
void X26DockWidget::customMenuRequested(QPoint pos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
QMenu *customMenu = nullptr;
|
||||
|
||||
QModelIndex index = m_x26View->indexAt(pos);
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *menu = new QMenu(this);
|
||||
|
||||
QAction *insertAct = new QAction("Insert triplet copy", this);
|
||||
menu->addAction(insertAct);
|
||||
connect(insertAct, &QAction::triggered, this, &X26DockWidget::insertTripletCopy);
|
||||
if (index.isValid()) {
|
||||
const int modeExt = index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 2), Qt::EditRole).toInt();
|
||||
|
||||
switch (modeExt) {
|
||||
case 0x11:
|
||||
case 0x12:
|
||||
case 0x13: { // Invoke Object
|
||||
QMenu *localDefMenu;
|
||||
const QList objectList = m_parentMainWidget->document()->currentSubPage()->enhancements()->objects(modeExt - 0x11);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<objectList.size(); i++) {
|
||||
// Messy way to create submenu only if definitions exist
|
||||
if (i == 0) {
|
||||
customMenu = new QMenu(this);
|
||||
localDefMenu = customMenu->addMenu(tr("Local definition"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const int d = objectList.at(i) / 13;
|
||||
const int t = objectList.at(i) % 13;
|
||||
QAction *action = localDefMenu->addAction(QString("d%1 t%2").arg(d).arg(t));
|
||||
connect(action, &QAction::triggered, [=]() {
|
||||
updateModelFromCookedWidget(0, Qt::UserRole+1);
|
||||
updateModelFromCookedWidget(d, Qt::UserRole+2);
|
||||
updateModelFromCookedWidget(t, Qt::UserRole+3);
|
||||
updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index);
|
||||
} );
|
||||
}
|
||||
} break;
|
||||
case 0x01: // Full Row colour
|
||||
case 0x07: // Address row 0
|
||||
customMenu = new TripletCLUTQMenu(true, this);
|
||||
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletCLUTQMenu *>(customMenu)->action(32), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { updateModelFromCookedWidget(0, Qt::UserRole+2); updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index); });
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletCLUTQMenu *>(customMenu)->action(33), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { updateModelFromCookedWidget(1, Qt::UserRole+2); updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index); });
|
||||
// fall-through
|
||||
case 0x00: // Full Screen colour
|
||||
case 0x20: // Foreground colour
|
||||
case 0x23: // Background colour
|
||||
if (!customMenu)
|
||||
customMenu = new TripletCLUTQMenu(false, this);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<32; i++) {
|
||||
static_cast<TripletCLUTQMenu *>(customMenu)->setColour(i, m_parentMainWidget->document()->currentSubPage()->CLUTtoQColor(i));
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletCLUTQMenu *>(customMenu)->action(i), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { updateModelFromCookedWidget(i, Qt::UserRole+1); updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index); });
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x27: // Additional flash functions
|
||||
customMenu = new TripletFlashQMenu(this);
|
||||
|
||||
static_cast<TripletFlashQMenu *>(customMenu)->setModeChecked(index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 0), Qt::UserRole+1).toInt());
|
||||
static_cast<TripletFlashQMenu *>(customMenu)->setRatePhaseChecked(index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 0), Qt::UserRole+2).toInt());
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<4; i++)
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletFlashQMenu *>(customMenu)->modeAction(i), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { updateModelFromCookedWidget(i, Qt::UserRole+1); updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index); });
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<6; i++)
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletFlashQMenu *>(customMenu)->ratePhaseAction(i), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { updateModelFromCookedWidget(i, Qt::UserRole+2); updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index); });
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x2c: // Display attributes
|
||||
customMenu = new TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu(this);
|
||||
|
||||
static_cast<TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu *>(customMenu)->setTextSizeChecked(index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 0), Qt::UserRole+1).toInt());
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<4; i++) {
|
||||
static_cast<TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu *>(customMenu)->setOtherAttrChecked(i, index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 0), Qt::UserRole+i+2).toBool());
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu *>(customMenu)->textSizeAction(i), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { updateModelFromCookedWidget(i, Qt::UserRole+1); updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index); });
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu *>(customMenu)->otherAttrAction(i), &QAction::toggled, [=](const int checked) { updateModelFromCookedWidget(checked, Qt::UserRole+i+2); updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index); });
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x2e: // Font style
|
||||
customMenu = new TripletFontStyleQMenu(this);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<3; i++) {
|
||||
static_cast<TripletFontStyleQMenu *>(customMenu)->setStyleChecked(i, index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 0), Qt::UserRole+i+1).toBool());
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletFontStyleQMenu *>(customMenu)->styleAction(i), &QAction::toggled, [=](const int checked) { updateModelFromCookedWidget(checked, Qt::UserRole+i+1); updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index); });
|
||||
}
|
||||
static_cast<TripletFontStyleQMenu *>(customMenu)->setRowsChecked(index.model()->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 0), Qt::UserRole+4).toInt());
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<8; i++)
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletFontStyleQMenu *>(customMenu)->rowsAction(i), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { updateModelFromCookedWidget(i, Qt::UserRole+4); updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index); });
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x21: // G1 mosaic character
|
||||
customMenu = new TripletCharacterQMenu(m_x26Model->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 2), Qt::UserRole+3).toInt(), true, this);
|
||||
// fall-through
|
||||
case 0x22: // G3 mosaic character at level 1.5
|
||||
case 0x2b: // G3 mosaic character at level >=2.5
|
||||
case 0x29: // G0 character
|
||||
case 0x2f: // G2 character
|
||||
case 0x30:
|
||||
case 0x31:
|
||||
case 0x32:
|
||||
case 0x33:
|
||||
case 0x34:
|
||||
case 0x35:
|
||||
case 0x36:
|
||||
case 0x37:
|
||||
case 0x38:
|
||||
case 0x39:
|
||||
case 0x3a:
|
||||
case 0x3b:
|
||||
case 0x3c:
|
||||
case 0x3d:
|
||||
case 0x3e:
|
||||
case 0x3f: // G0 character with diacritical
|
||||
if (!customMenu)
|
||||
customMenu = new TripletCharacterQMenu(m_x26Model->data(index.model()->index(index.row(), 2), Qt::UserRole+2).toInt(), false, this);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<96; i++)
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletCharacterQMenu *>(customMenu)->action(i), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { updateModelFromCookedWidget(i+32, Qt::UserRole+1); updateAllCookedTripletWidgets(index); });
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (customMenu)
|
||||
customMenu->addSeparator();
|
||||
else
|
||||
customMenu = new QMenu(this);
|
||||
|
||||
TripletModeQMenu *modeChangeMenu = new TripletModeQMenu(this);
|
||||
modeChangeMenu->setTitle(tr("Change triplet mode"));
|
||||
customMenu->addMenu(modeChangeMenu);
|
||||
|
||||
customMenu->addSeparator();
|
||||
|
||||
TripletModeQMenu *insertBeforeQMenu = new TripletModeQMenu(this);
|
||||
insertBeforeQMenu->setTitle(tr("Insert before"));
|
||||
customMenu->addMenu(insertBeforeQMenu);
|
||||
|
||||
TripletModeQMenu *insertAfterQMenu = new TripletModeQMenu(this);
|
||||
insertAfterQMenu->setTitle(tr("Insert after"));
|
||||
customMenu->addMenu(insertAfterQMenu);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<64; i++) {
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletModeQMenu *>(modeChangeMenu)->action(i), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { cookedModeMenuSelected(i); });
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletModeQMenu *>(insertBeforeQMenu)->action(i), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { insertTriplet(i, false); });
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletModeQMenu *>(insertAfterQMenu)->action(i), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { insertTriplet(i, true); });
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QAction *insertCopyAct = new QAction(tr("Insert copy"), this);
|
||||
customMenu->addAction(insertCopyAct);
|
||||
connect(insertCopyAct, &QAction::triggered, this, &X26DockWidget::insertTripletCopy);
|
||||
|
||||
QAction *deleteAct = new QAction("Delete triplet", this);
|
||||
menu->addAction(deleteAct);
|
||||
customMenu->addAction(deleteAct);
|
||||
connect(deleteAct, &QAction::triggered, this, &X26DockWidget::deleteTriplet);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
customMenu = new QMenu(this);
|
||||
|
||||
TripletModeQMenu *appendModeMenu = new TripletModeQMenu(this);
|
||||
appendModeMenu->setTitle(tr("Append"));
|
||||
customMenu->addMenu(appendModeMenu);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<64; i++)
|
||||
connect(static_cast<TripletModeQMenu *>(appendModeMenu)->action(i), &QAction::triggered, [=]() { insertTriplet(i, m_x26Model->rowCount()); });
|
||||
}
|
||||
menu->popup(m_x26View->viewport()->mapToGlobal(pos));
|
||||
|
||||
customMenu->popup(m_x26View->viewport()->mapToGlobal(pos));
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mainwidget.h"
|
||||
#include "render.h"
|
||||
#include "x26menus.h"
|
||||
#include "x26model.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class CharacterListModel : public QAbstractListModel
|
||||
@@ -47,10 +48,12 @@ public:
|
||||
int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const override;
|
||||
QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override;
|
||||
void setCharacterSet(int characterSet);
|
||||
void setG1AndBlastCharacterSet(int characterSet);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
TeletextFontBitmap m_fontBitmap;
|
||||
int m_characterSet;
|
||||
bool m_mosaic;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class X26DockWidget : public QDockWidget
|
||||
@@ -62,6 +65,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
public slots:
|
||||
void insertTriplet(int modeExt, bool after);
|
||||
void insertTriplet(int modeExt, int row = -1);
|
||||
void insertTripletCopy();
|
||||
void deleteTriplet();
|
||||
void customMenuRequested(QPoint pos);
|
||||
@@ -116,6 +120,8 @@ private:
|
||||
QCheckBox *m_terminationMarkerMoreFollowsCheckBox;
|
||||
QPushButton *m_insertBeforePushButton, *m_insertAfterPushButton, *m_insertCopyPushButton, *m_deletePushButton;
|
||||
|
||||
ModeTripletNames m_modeTripletNames;
|
||||
|
||||
TeletextWidget *m_parentMainWidget;
|
||||
|
||||
void disableTripletWidgets();
|
||||
251
src/qteletextmaker/x26menus.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* QTeletextMaker is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* QTeletextMaker is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with QTeletextMaker. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "x26menus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QActionGroup>
|
||||
#include <QColor>
|
||||
#include <QIcon>
|
||||
#include <QMenu>
|
||||
#include <QPixmap>
|
||||
#include <QString>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "render.h"
|
||||
|
||||
TripletModeQMenu::TripletModeQMenu(QWidget *parent): QMenu(parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
addModeAction(this, 0x04);
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *rowTripletSubMenu = this->addMenu(tr("Row triplet"));
|
||||
addModeAction(rowTripletSubMenu, 0x00);
|
||||
addModeAction(rowTripletSubMenu, 0x01);
|
||||
addModeAction(rowTripletSubMenu, 0x07);
|
||||
addModeAction(rowTripletSubMenu, 0x18);
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *columnTripletSubMenu = this->addMenu(tr("Column triplet"));
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x20);
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x23);
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x27);
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x2c);
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x2e);
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x28);
|
||||
columnTripletSubMenu->addSeparator();
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x29);
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x2f);
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x21);
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x22);
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x2b);
|
||||
addModeAction(columnTripletSubMenu, 0x2d);
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *diacriticalSubMenu = columnTripletSubMenu->addMenu(tr("G0 diacritical"));
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<16; i++)
|
||||
addModeAction(diacriticalSubMenu, 0x30 + i);
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *objectSubMenu = this->addMenu(tr("Object"));
|
||||
addModeAction(objectSubMenu, 0x10);
|
||||
addModeAction(objectSubMenu, 0x11);
|
||||
addModeAction(objectSubMenu, 0x12);
|
||||
addModeAction(objectSubMenu, 0x13);
|
||||
addModeAction(objectSubMenu, 0x15);
|
||||
addModeAction(objectSubMenu, 0x16);
|
||||
addModeAction(objectSubMenu, 0x17);
|
||||
addModeAction(this, 0x1f);
|
||||
this->addSeparator();
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *pdcSubMenu = this->addMenu(tr("PDC/reserved"));
|
||||
addModeAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x08);
|
||||
addModeAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x09);
|
||||
addModeAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x0a);
|
||||
addModeAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x0b);
|
||||
addModeAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x0c);
|
||||
addModeAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x0d);
|
||||
addModeAction(pdcSubMenu, 0x26);
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *reservedRowSubMenu = pdcSubMenu->addMenu(tr("Reserved row"));
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x02);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x03);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x05);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x06);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x0e);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x0f);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x14);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x19);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x1a);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x1b);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x1c);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x1d);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedRowSubMenu, 0x1e);
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *reservedColumnSubMenu = pdcSubMenu->addMenu(tr("Reserved column"));
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedColumnSubMenu, 0x24);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedColumnSubMenu, 0x25);
|
||||
addModeAction(reservedColumnSubMenu, 0x2a);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TripletModeQMenu::addModeAction(QMenu *menu, int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actions[mode] = menu->addAction(m_modeTripletNames.modeName(mode));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TripletCLUTQMenu::TripletCLUTQMenu(bool rows, QWidget *parent): QMenu(parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
QMenu *clut[4];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int c=0; c<4; c++) {
|
||||
clut[c] = this->addMenu(QString("CLUT %1").arg(c));
|
||||
|
||||
for (int e=0; e<8; e++)
|
||||
m_actions[c*8+e] = clut[c]->addAction(QString("CLUT %1:%2").arg(c).arg(e));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (rows) {
|
||||
m_actions[32] = this->addAction(tr("This row only"));
|
||||
m_actions[33] = this->addAction(tr("Down to bottom"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TripletCLUTQMenu::setColour(int i, QColor c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
QPixmap menuColour(32, 32); // Should get downscaled to the menu text size
|
||||
|
||||
menuColour.fill(c);
|
||||
m_actions[i]->setIcon(QIcon(menuColour));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TripletCharacterQMenu::TripletCharacterQMenu(int charSet, bool mosaic, QWidget *parent): QMenu(parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
QMenu *charRange[6];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int r=0; r<6; r++) {
|
||||
charRange[r] = this->addMenu(QString("0x%010-0x%01f").arg(r+2));
|
||||
|
||||
const int charSetInColumn = (mosaic && ((r & 0x2) == 0)) ? 24 : charSet;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int c=0; c<16; c++)
|
||||
m_actions[r*16+c] = charRange[r]->addAction(QIcon(m_fontBitmap.charBitmap(r*16+c+32, charSetInColumn)), QString("0x%1").arg(r*16+c+32, 2, 16, QChar('0')));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TripletFlashQMenu::TripletFlashQMenu(QWidget *parent): QMenu(parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
QMenu *flashModeMenu = this->addMenu(tr("Flash mode"));
|
||||
m_actions[0] = flashModeMenu->addAction(tr("Steady"));
|
||||
m_actions[1] = flashModeMenu->addAction(tr("Normal"));
|
||||
m_actions[2] = flashModeMenu->addAction(tr("Invert"));
|
||||
m_actions[3] = flashModeMenu->addAction(tr("Adjacent CLUT"));
|
||||
m_modeActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<4; i++) {
|
||||
m_actions[i]->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
m_modeActionGroup->addAction(m_actions[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *flashRatePhaseMenu = this->addMenu(tr("Flash rate/phase"));
|
||||
m_actions[4] = flashRatePhaseMenu->addAction(tr("Slow 1Hz"));
|
||||
m_actions[5] = flashRatePhaseMenu->addAction(tr("Fast 2Hz phase 1"));
|
||||
m_actions[6] = flashRatePhaseMenu->addAction(tr("Fast 2Hz phase 2"));
|
||||
m_actions[7] = flashRatePhaseMenu->addAction(tr("Fast 2Hz phase 3"));
|
||||
m_actions[8] = flashRatePhaseMenu->addAction(tr("Fast 2Hz inc/right"));
|
||||
m_actions[9] = flashRatePhaseMenu->addAction(tr("Fast 2Hz dec/left"));
|
||||
m_ratePhaseActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
||||
for (int i=4; i<10; i++) {
|
||||
m_actions[i]->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
m_ratePhaseActionGroup->addAction(m_actions[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TripletFlashQMenu::setModeChecked(int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actions[n]->setChecked(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TripletFlashQMenu::setRatePhaseChecked(int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actions[n+4]->setChecked(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu::TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu(QWidget *parent): QMenu(parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
QMenu *sizeMenu = this->addMenu(tr("Text size"));
|
||||
m_actions[0] = sizeMenu->addAction(tr("Normal size"));
|
||||
m_actions[1] = sizeMenu->addAction(tr("Double height"));
|
||||
m_actions[2] = sizeMenu->addAction(tr("Double width"));
|
||||
m_actions[3] = sizeMenu->addAction(tr("Double size"));
|
||||
m_sizeActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<4; i++) {
|
||||
m_actions[i]->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
m_sizeActionGroup->addAction(m_actions[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_actions[4] = this->addAction(tr("Boxing/Window"));
|
||||
m_actions[5] = this->addAction(tr("Conceal"));
|
||||
m_actions[6] = this->addAction(tr("Invert"));
|
||||
m_actions[7] = this->addAction(tr("Underline/Separated"));
|
||||
m_otherActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
||||
m_otherActionGroup->setExclusive(false);
|
||||
for (int i=4; i<8; i++) {
|
||||
m_actions[i]->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
m_otherActionGroup->addAction(m_actions[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu::setTextSizeChecked(int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actions[n]->setChecked(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu::setOtherAttrChecked(int n, bool b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actions[n+4]->setChecked(b);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TripletFontStyleQMenu::TripletFontStyleQMenu(QWidget *parent): QMenu(parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actions[0] = this->addAction(tr("Proportional"));
|
||||
m_actions[1] = this->addAction(tr("Bold"));
|
||||
m_actions[2] = this->addAction(tr("Italic"));
|
||||
m_styleActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
||||
m_styleActionGroup->setExclusive(false);
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<3; i++) {
|
||||
m_actions[i]->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
m_styleActionGroup->addAction(m_actions[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QMenu *rowsMenu = this->addMenu(tr("Next rows"));
|
||||
m_rowsActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this);
|
||||
for (int i=3; i<11; i++) {
|
||||
m_actions[i] = rowsMenu->addAction(QString("%1").arg(i-3));
|
||||
m_actions[i]->setCheckable(true);
|
||||
m_rowsActionGroup->addAction(m_actions[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TripletFontStyleQMenu::setStyleChecked(int n, bool b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actions[n]->setChecked(b);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void TripletFontStyleQMenu::setRowsChecked(int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actions[n+3]->setChecked(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
207
src/qteletextmaker/x26menus.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* QTeletextMaker is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* QTeletextMaker is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with QTeletextMaker. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef X26MENUS_H
|
||||
#define X26MENUS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QActionGroup>
|
||||
#include <QColor>
|
||||
#include <QMenu>
|
||||
#include <QString>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "render.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class ModeTripletNames
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static const QString modeName(int i) { return m_modeTripletName[i]; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
static inline const QString m_modeTripletName[64] {
|
||||
// Row triplet modes
|
||||
"Full screen colour",
|
||||
"Full row colour",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x02",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x03",
|
||||
|
||||
"Set Active Position",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x05",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x06",
|
||||
"Address row 0",
|
||||
|
||||
"PDC origin, source",
|
||||
"PDC month and day",
|
||||
"PDC cursor and start hour",
|
||||
"PDC cursor and end hour",
|
||||
|
||||
"PDC cursor local offset",
|
||||
"PDC series ID and code",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x0e",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x0f",
|
||||
|
||||
"Origin modifier",
|
||||
"Invoke active object",
|
||||
"Invoke adaptive object",
|
||||
"Invoke passive object",
|
||||
|
||||
"Reserved 0x14",
|
||||
"Define active object",
|
||||
"Define adaptive object",
|
||||
"Define passive object",
|
||||
|
||||
"DRCS mode",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x19",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x1a",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x1b",
|
||||
|
||||
"Reserved 0x1c",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x1d",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x1e",
|
||||
"Termination marker",
|
||||
|
||||
// Column triplet modes
|
||||
"Foreground colour",
|
||||
"G1 block mosaic",
|
||||
"G3 smooth mosaic, level 1.5",
|
||||
"Background colour",
|
||||
|
||||
"Reserved 0x04",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x05",
|
||||
"PDC cursor, start end min",
|
||||
"Additional flash functions",
|
||||
|
||||
"Modified G0/G2 character set",
|
||||
"G0 character",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x0a",
|
||||
"G3 smooth mosaic, level 2.5",
|
||||
|
||||
"Display attributes",
|
||||
"DRCS character",
|
||||
"Font style, level 3.5",
|
||||
"G2 supplementary character",
|
||||
|
||||
"G0 character no diacritical",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 1",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 2",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 3",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 4",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 5",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 6",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 7",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 8",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 9",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical A",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical B",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical C",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical D",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical E",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical F"
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class TripletModeQMenu : public QMenu
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TripletModeQMenu(QWidget *parent = nullptr);
|
||||
QAction *action(int n) const { return m_actions[n]; };
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void addModeAction(QMenu *menu, int mode);
|
||||
|
||||
QAction *m_actions[64];
|
||||
ModeTripletNames m_modeTripletNames;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class TripletCLUTQMenu : public QMenu
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TripletCLUTQMenu(bool rows, QWidget *parent = nullptr);
|
||||
QAction *action(int n) const { return m_actions[n]; };
|
||||
void setColour(int i, QColor c);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QAction *m_actions[34];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class TripletCharacterQMenu : public QMenu
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TripletCharacterQMenu(int charSet, bool mosaic, QWidget *parent = nullptr);
|
||||
QAction *action(int n) const { return m_actions[n]; };
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QAction *m_actions[96];
|
||||
TeletextFontBitmap m_fontBitmap;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class TripletFlashQMenu : public QMenu
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TripletFlashQMenu(QWidget *parent = nullptr);
|
||||
QAction *modeAction(int n) const { return m_actions[n]; };
|
||||
QAction *ratePhaseAction(int n) const { return m_actions[n+4]; };
|
||||
void setModeChecked(int n);
|
||||
void setRatePhaseChecked(int n);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QAction *m_actions[10];
|
||||
QActionGroup *m_modeActionGroup, *m_ratePhaseActionGroup;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu : public QMenu
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TripletDisplayAttrsQMenu(QWidget *parent = nullptr);
|
||||
QAction *textSizeAction(int n) const { return m_actions[n]; };
|
||||
QAction *otherAttrAction(int n) const { return m_actions[n+4]; };
|
||||
void setTextSizeChecked(int n);
|
||||
void setOtherAttrChecked(int n, bool b);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QAction *m_actions[8];
|
||||
QActionGroup *m_sizeActionGroup, *m_otherActionGroup;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class TripletFontStyleQMenu : public QMenu
|
||||
{
|
||||
Q_OBJECT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TripletFontStyleQMenu(QWidget *parent = nullptr);
|
||||
QAction *styleAction(int n) const { return m_actions[n]; };
|
||||
QAction *rowsAction(int n) const { return m_actions[n+3]; };
|
||||
void setStyleChecked(int n, bool b);
|
||||
void setRowsChecked(int n);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
QAction *m_actions[11];
|
||||
QActionGroup *m_styleActionGroup, *m_rowsActionGroup;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -19,9 +19,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include "x26model.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QIcon>
|
||||
#include <QList>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "x26commands.h"
|
||||
#include "x26menus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
X26Model::X26Model(TeletextWidget *parent): QAbstractListModel(parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -67,19 +69,27 @@ QVariant X26Model::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
|
||||
if (role == Qt::ForegroundRole) {
|
||||
if (triplet.error() != X26Triplet::NoError && index.column() == m_tripletErrors[triplet.error()].columnHighlight)
|
||||
return QColor(252, 252, 252);
|
||||
else if ((index.column() == 2 && triplet.reservedMode()) || (index.column() == 3 && triplet.reservedData()))
|
||||
if ((index.column() == 2 && triplet.reservedMode()) || (index.column() == 3 && triplet.reservedData()))
|
||||
return QColor(35, 38, 39);
|
||||
if (index.column() <= 1 && triplet.activePosition1p5Differs())
|
||||
return QColor(35, 38, 39);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (role == Qt::BackgroundRole) {
|
||||
if (triplet.error() != X26Triplet::NoError && index.column() == m_tripletErrors[triplet.error()].columnHighlight)
|
||||
return QColor(218, 68, 63);
|
||||
else if ((index.column() == 2 && triplet.reservedMode()) || (index.column() == 3 && triplet.reservedData()))
|
||||
if ((index.column() == 2 && triplet.reservedMode()) || (index.column() == 3 && triplet.reservedData()))
|
||||
return QColor(246, 116, 0);
|
||||
if (index.column() <= 1 && triplet.activePosition1p5Differs())
|
||||
return QColor(246, 116, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (role == Qt::ToolTipRole && triplet.error() != X26Triplet::NoError)
|
||||
return m_tripletErrors[triplet.error()].message;
|
||||
if (role == Qt::ToolTipRole) {
|
||||
if (triplet.error() != X26Triplet::NoError)
|
||||
return m_tripletErrors[triplet.error()].message;
|
||||
if (triplet.activePosition1p5Differs())
|
||||
return "Active Position differs between Level 1.5 and higher levels";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (role == Qt::DisplayRole || role == Qt::EditRole)
|
||||
switch (index.column()) {
|
||||
@@ -113,7 +123,7 @@ QVariant X26Model::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
|
||||
|
||||
if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) {
|
||||
if (index.column() == 2)
|
||||
return (m_modeTripletName[triplet.modeExt()]);
|
||||
return (m_modeTripletNames.modeName(triplet.modeExt()));
|
||||
// Column 3 - describe effects of data/address triplet parameters in plain English
|
||||
switch (triplet.modeExt()) {
|
||||
case 0x01: // Full row colour
|
||||
@@ -374,22 +384,25 @@ QVariant X26Model::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x21: // G1 mosaic character
|
||||
if (triplet.data() & 0x20)
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.rawBitmap()->copy((triplet.data()-32)*12, 24*10, 12, 10);
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.charIcon(triplet.data(), 24);
|
||||
else if (triplet.data() >= 0x20)
|
||||
// Blast-through
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.charIcon(triplet.data(), m_parentMainWidget->pageDecode()->cellG0CharacterSet(triplet.activePositionRow(), triplet.activePositionColumn()));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x22: // G3 mosaic character at level 1.5
|
||||
case 0x2b: // G3 mosaic character at level >=2.5
|
||||
if (triplet.data() >= 0x20)
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.rawBitmap()->copy((triplet.data()-32)*12, 26*10, 12, 10);
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.charIcon(triplet.data(), 26);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x2f: // G2 character
|
||||
if (triplet.data() >= 0x20)
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.rawBitmap()->copy((triplet.data()-32)*12, m_parentMainWidget->pageDecode()->cellG2CharacterSet(triplet.activePositionRow(), triplet.activePositionColumn())*10, 12, 10);
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.charIcon(triplet.data(), m_parentMainWidget->pageDecode()->cellG2CharacterSet(triplet.activePositionRow(), triplet.activePositionColumn()));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (triplet.modeExt() == 0x29 || (triplet.modeExt() >= 0x30 && triplet.modeExt() <= 0x3f))
|
||||
// G0 character or G0 diacritical mark
|
||||
if (triplet.data() >= 0x20)
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.rawBitmap()->copy((triplet.data()-32)*12, m_parentMainWidget->pageDecode()->cellG0CharacterSet(triplet.activePositionRow(), triplet.activePositionColumn())*10, 12, 10);
|
||||
return m_fontBitmap.charIcon(triplet.data(), m_parentMainWidget->pageDecode()->cellG0CharacterSet(triplet.activePositionRow(), triplet.activePositionColumn()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (role == Qt::EditRole && index.column() == 2)
|
||||
@@ -466,6 +479,21 @@ QVariant X26Model::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
|
||||
return (triplet.data() & 0x01) == 0x01;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x21: // G1 character
|
||||
// Qt::UserRole+1 is character number, returned by default below
|
||||
switch (role) {
|
||||
case Qt::UserRole+2: // G1 character set
|
||||
return 24;
|
||||
case Qt::UserRole+3: // G0 character set for blast-through
|
||||
return m_parentMainWidget->pageDecode()->cellG0CharacterSet(triplet.activePositionRow(), triplet.activePositionColumn());
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x22: // G3 character at Level 1.5
|
||||
case 0x2b: // G3 character at Level 2.5
|
||||
// Qt::UserRole+1 is character number, returned by default below
|
||||
if (role == Qt::UserRole+2) // G3 character set
|
||||
return 26;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x27: // Flash functions
|
||||
switch (role) {
|
||||
case Qt::UserRole+1: // Flash mode
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2024 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@@ -21,7 +21,9 @@
|
||||
#define X26MODEL_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QAbstractListModel>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mainwidget.h"
|
||||
#include "x26menus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class X26Model : public QAbstractListModel
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -40,8 +42,6 @@ public:
|
||||
bool removeRows(int position, int rows, const QModelIndex &index);
|
||||
// Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const;
|
||||
|
||||
const QString modeTripletName(int i) const { return m_modeTripletName[i]; }
|
||||
|
||||
// The x26commands classes manipulate the model but beginInsertRows and endInsertRows
|
||||
// are protected methods, so we need to friend them
|
||||
friend class InsertTripletCommand;
|
||||
@@ -52,87 +52,7 @@ private:
|
||||
TeletextWidget *m_parentMainWidget;
|
||||
bool m_listLoaded;
|
||||
TeletextFontBitmap m_fontBitmap;
|
||||
|
||||
const QString m_modeTripletName[64] {
|
||||
// Row triplet modes
|
||||
"Full screen colour",
|
||||
"Full row colour",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x02",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x03",
|
||||
|
||||
"Set Active Position",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x05",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x06",
|
||||
"Address row 0",
|
||||
|
||||
"PDC origin, source",
|
||||
"PDC month and day",
|
||||
"PDC cursor and start hour",
|
||||
"PDC cursor and end hour",
|
||||
|
||||
"PDC cursor local offset",
|
||||
"PDC series ID and code",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x0e",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x0f",
|
||||
|
||||
"Origin modifier",
|
||||
"Invoke active object",
|
||||
"Invoke adaptive object",
|
||||
"Invoke passive object",
|
||||
|
||||
"Reserved 0x14",
|
||||
"Define active object",
|
||||
"Define adaptive object",
|
||||
"Define passive object",
|
||||
|
||||
"DRCS mode",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x19",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x1a",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x1b",
|
||||
|
||||
"Reserved 0x1c",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x1d",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x1e",
|
||||
"Termination marker",
|
||||
|
||||
// Column triplet modes
|
||||
"Foreground colour",
|
||||
"G1 block mosaic",
|
||||
"G3 smooth mosaic, level 1.5",
|
||||
"Background colour",
|
||||
|
||||
"Reserved 0x04",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x05",
|
||||
"PDC cursor, start end min",
|
||||
"Additional flash functions",
|
||||
|
||||
"Modified G0/G2 character set",
|
||||
"G0 character",
|
||||
"Reserved 0x0a",
|
||||
"G3 smooth mosaic, level 2.5",
|
||||
|
||||
"Display attributes",
|
||||
"DRCS character",
|
||||
"Font style, level 3.5",
|
||||
"G2 supplementary character",
|
||||
|
||||
"G0 character no diacritical",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 1",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 2",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 3",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 4",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 5",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 6",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 7",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 8",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical 9",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical A",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical B",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical C",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical D",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical E",
|
||||
"G0 character diacritical F"
|
||||
};
|
||||
ModeTripletNames m_modeTripletNames;
|
||||
|
||||
struct tripletErrorShow {
|
||||
QString message;
|
||||
243
src/qteletextmaker/x28commands.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* QTeletextMaker is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* QTeletextMaker is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with QTeletextMaker. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "x28commands.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "document.h"
|
||||
|
||||
X28Command::X28Command(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, QUndoCommand *parent) : QUndoCommand(parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument = teletextDocument;
|
||||
m_subPageIndex = teletextDocument->currentSubPageIndex();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetFullScreenColourCommand::SetFullScreenColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent) : X28Command(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldColour = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->defaultScreenColour();
|
||||
m_newColour = newColour;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("full screen colour"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetFullScreenColourCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setDefaultScreenColour(m_newColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetFullScreenColourCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setDefaultScreenColour(m_oldColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetFullScreenColourCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SetFullScreenColourCommand *newerCommand = static_cast<const SetFullScreenColourCommand *>(command);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_subPageIndex != newerCommand->m_subPageIndex)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_newColour = newerCommand->m_newColour;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetFullRowColourCommand::SetFullRowColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent) : X28Command(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldColour = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->defaultRowColour();
|
||||
m_newColour = newColour;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("full row colour"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetFullRowColourCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setDefaultRowColour(m_newColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetFullRowColourCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setDefaultRowColour(m_oldColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetFullRowColourCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SetFullRowColourCommand *newerCommand = static_cast<const SetFullRowColourCommand *>(command);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_subPageIndex != newerCommand->m_subPageIndex)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_newColour = newerCommand->m_newColour;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetCLUTRemapCommand::SetCLUTRemapCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newMap, QUndoCommand *parent) : X28Command(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldMap = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->colourTableRemap();
|
||||
m_newMap = newMap;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("CLUT remapping"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetCLUTRemapCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setColourTableRemap(m_newMap);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetCLUTRemapCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setColourTableRemap(m_oldMap);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetCLUTRemapCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SetCLUTRemapCommand *newerCommand = static_cast<const SetCLUTRemapCommand *>(command);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_subPageIndex != newerCommand->m_subPageIndex)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_newMap = newerCommand->m_newMap;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand::SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, bool newSub, QUndoCommand *parent) : X28Command(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldSub = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->blackBackgroundSubst();
|
||||
m_newSub = newSub;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("black background substitution"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setBlackBackgroundSubst(m_newSub);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setBlackBackgroundSubst(m_oldSub);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->pageOptionsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand::mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand *newerCommand = static_cast<const SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand *>(command);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_subPageIndex != newerCommand->m_subPageIndex)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
setObsolete(true);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetColourCommand::SetColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int colourIndex, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent) : X28Command(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_colourIndex = colourIndex;
|
||||
m_oldColour = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->CLUT(colourIndex);
|
||||
m_newColour = newColour;
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("colour change"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetColourCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setCLUT(m_colourIndex, m_newColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->colourChanged(m_colourIndex);
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetColourCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setCLUT(m_colourIndex, m_oldColour);
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->colourChanged(m_colourIndex);
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ResetCLUTCommand::ResetCLUTCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int colourTable, QUndoCommand *parent) : X28Command(teletextDocument, parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_colourTable = colourTable;
|
||||
for (int i=m_colourTable*8; i<m_colourTable*8+8; i++)
|
||||
m_oldColourEntry[i&7] = teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->CLUT(i);
|
||||
|
||||
setText(QObject::tr("CLUT %1 reset").arg(m_colourTable));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ResetCLUTCommand::redo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
for (int i=m_colourTable*8; i<m_colourTable*8+8; i++) {
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setCLUT(i, m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->CLUT(i, 0));
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->colourChanged(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ResetCLUTCommand::undo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->selectSubPageIndex(m_subPageIndex);
|
||||
for (int i=m_colourTable*8; i<m_colourTable*8+8; i++) {
|
||||
m_teletextDocument->currentSubPage()->setCLUT(i, m_oldColourEntry[i&7]);
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->colourChanged(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
emit m_teletextDocument->contentsChanged();
|
||||
}
|
||||
126
src/qteletextmaker/x28commands.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2020-2025 Gavin MacGregor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of QTeletextMaker.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* QTeletextMaker is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* QTeletextMaker is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with QTeletextMaker. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef X28COMMANDS_H
|
||||
#define X28COMMANDS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <QUndoCommand>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "document.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class X28Command : public QUndoCommand
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
X28Command(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
TeletextDocument *m_teletextDocument;
|
||||
int m_subPageIndex;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class SetFullScreenColourCommand : public X28Command
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 301 };
|
||||
|
||||
SetFullScreenColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command) override;
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_oldColour, m_newColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class SetFullRowColourCommand : public X28Command
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 302 };
|
||||
|
||||
SetFullRowColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command) override;
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_oldColour, m_newColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class SetCLUTRemapCommand : public X28Command
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 303 };
|
||||
|
||||
SetCLUTRemapCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int newMap, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command) override;
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_oldMap, m_newMap;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand : public X28Command
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
enum { Id = 304 };
|
||||
|
||||
SetBlackBackgroundSubstCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, bool newSub, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
bool mergeWith(const QUndoCommand *command) override;
|
||||
int id() const override { return Id; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_oldSub, m_newSub;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class SetColourCommand : public X28Command
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
SetColourCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int colourIndex, int newColour, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_colourIndex, m_oldColour, m_newColour;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class ResetCLUTCommand : public X28Command
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
ResetCLUTCommand(TeletextDocument *teletextDocument, int colourTable, QUndoCommand *parent = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
void redo() override;
|
||||
void undo() override;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_colourTable;
|
||||
int m_oldColourEntry[8];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||